Text

Marine Ecology Studies Re Operation of Pilgrim Station, Jan-June 1982, Semiannual Rept 20
	ML20028B039
Person / Time
Site:	Pilgrim
Issue date:	10/31/1982
From:	Richard Anderson, Scotton L; BOSTON EDISON CO.
To:	;
References
	NUC3-E1, NUDOCS 8211290393
	Download: ML20028B039 (285)
	v • d • e

(

l IOQrjq M i Motedte

? $8$ RJ Q g go E

I m .' .. r l1'*Q:.%,..:.s..s

. ~

r-

. c ,-

y,- , ,

g t_ -

~.

/ ~~;

,g JW #..

V*i%ig f .

=

u

.: n "-

y Q Y [~ a ~ -

luuctg,g Bosrongo,gSu"pQ'PANY

" ERAT!ans ""anm enr '

d$is

l. !8vnsengagg, PDR aosro,NSINot}en,,

F

I NUC3-El I MARINE ECOLOGY STUDIES RELATED TO OPERATION OF PILGRIM STATION SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT NO. 20 REPORT PERIOD: JANUARY 1982 THROUGH JUNE 1982 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 31, 1982 I

Compiled and Reviewed by: M h I Robbrt D. Anderson ~

Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist

/

~ h?b .

k, Lewis N. Scotton Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist I

I Nuclear Operations Support Department Boston Edison Company I 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199 I

I

f NUC3-E2 I TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I Summary II Introduction III Marine Biota Studies IIIA Marine Fisheries Studies Progress . Report on Studies to Evaluate Possible Effects of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on the Marine Environ-ment, Project Report No. 33 (January - June 1982) (Mass.

Dept. of Fisheries, Wildlife and Recreational Vehicles; Division of Marine, Fisheries)

IIIB Benthic Studies Benthic Studies in the Vicinity of Pilgrim Station, Septem-ber 1981 - August 1982 (Taxon, Inc.)

IIIC Plankton Studies IIIC.1 Investigations of Entrainment of Ichthyoplankton at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station , January -

June 1982 (Boston Edison Company)

IIIC . 2 Supplementary Winter Flounder Egg ' Studies Conddcted at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station ,

March -

May 1982 (Marine Research, Inc.)

IIID Impingement Studies IIID.1 Impingement of Organisms at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station: January - June 1982. (Boston Edison Company)

IIID . 2 Progress Report: Assessment of Finfish Survi-val at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Screenwash Sluiceway. March - August 1982.

I (Marine Research, Inc.)

IV Minutes of Meetings 53 and 54 of the Administrative-Technical Committee, Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station l

N 1

NUC83-H1 I

SUMMARY

I Highlights of the environmental surveillance and study program results obtained over this reporting period (January - June 1982) are presented below:

Marine Fisheries Studies:

1. Irish moss landing statistics for June 1982 compared to June 1981 indicated that landings decreased 33.9% and effort 50.7%. Pooled area harvest rate increased from 189.1 (1981) to 253.6 lbs/hr (1982). Harvest rate from Area 5 (Pilgrim Station - 266.6 lbs/hr) increased 23.8%

from 1981, and Area 1 (control) harvest rate (323.8 lbs/hr) increased 44.5% above the 1981 rate. This in-dicates Pilgrim Station operation had no adverse impact on the Irish moss species.

I 2. Winter flounder, skate spp. , longhorn sculpin, window-pane, ocean pout and yellowtail flounder were the domi-nant fishes in the January - June 1982 otter trawl catch.

CPUE increased from 1981 for winter flounder (28.5 to l

29.0), longhorn sculpin (1.4 to 2.5) and ocean pout (0.7 to 1.3). CPUE decreased for skate spp. (9.6 to 6.8),

windowpane (5.1 to 1.5) and yellowtail flounder (8.1 to 1.0). Pelagic fish mean catch at the original gill net station (151.3 fishes / set) increased from 1981 when 118.3 fishes / set were taken . Pollock (36.5%), cunner (22.1%)

I-1

NUC83-H2 and northern searobin (5.3%) accounted for 63.9% of the I

total catch. Pollock CPUE decreased from S2.6 to 55.3 and cunner increased 19.4 to 33.6 compared to January -

June 1981. It was suggested that declines in the most abundant species' CPUEs were the result of natural variability, and that Pilgrim Station operation had no detrimental effect on benthic and pelagic fish studie~d in 1982.

3. Shrimp trawl catch from March-June 1982 recorded fifteen benthic fish species with winter flounder, yellowtail flounder, windowpane, little skate, ocean pout, longhorn sculpin and fourspot flounder composing 97.3% of the total. Mean CPUE for all species was 26.3 compared to 27.1 in 1981. Individual species CPUEs were also com-parable to March - June 1981 with winter flounder at 11.6, little skate 5.7, yellowtail flounder 4.1, windowpane 3.0, and longhorn sculpin 1.0.

I

4. Adult lobster mean monthly catch rate per pot haul in May and June 1982 was 0.45 lobsters (0.41 in 1981).

Berried female lobsters accounted for 2.7% of the total catch for this period compared to 5.5% in 1981.

I

5. In May - June 1982 fish observational dive surveys five species were observed in the thermal plume area.

Cunner, pollock and tautog were the most numerous I-2

T NUC83-H3 I species seen. No fish showed abnormal behavior and no gas bubble disease symptoms were observed on routine observational dives. Most species were in greatest con-centrations at stations in the direct path of the thermal plume, indicating attraction to the Pilgrim Station thermal effluent.

I 6. Atlantic silverside accounted for 80% of the March - April 1982 haul seine (shore zone) fish catch with a total of seven species collected. Shrimp (Crangon spp.)

dominated the invertebrate catch. Fish captured in the PNPS intake embayment were Atlantic silverside, sand lance spp. , and winter flounder.

I Impingement Studies:

1. The mean January - June 1982 impingement collection rate was 1.07 fish /hr. The rate ranged from 0.25 fish /hr

, (January and February) to 2.41 fish /hr (March) with Atlantic silverside comprising 34.2% of the catch, followed by threespine stickleback 14.4%, bay anchovy 9.3%,

cunner 9.3%, alewife 4.7%, and winter flounder 4.7%.

I l' 2. In March 1982, when the high fish impingement rate of 2.41 was recceded, Atlantic silverside accounted for 92.5%

of the fishes collected. This is historically the maximum impingement period for Atlantic silverside.

I I-3

NUC83-H4

3. The mean January - June 1981 invertebrate collection ratt:

was 1.55/hr with the horseshoe crab accounting for 61.5%, sand shrimp 15.2%, rock crab 5.9%, green crab 5.1%, and American lobster 4.3% of the catch.

4. Sixteen American lobsters were sampled for a six-month rate of 290 lobsters impinged, assuming 100h operation of Pilgrim Station.

I

5. Impinged fish survival (pooled for static and continuous washes) at the end of the new Pilgrim Station sluiceway was 13.3% (short-term) and 6.7% (long-term) . Fish introduced in front of operating traveling screens showed initial survival of 100% for cunner, 99.1% for winter flounder and 14.6% for Atlantic silverside. Long-term survival percentages were 100, 85.5 and 4.1, re-spectively.

Benthic Studies- I

1. Per recommendation by the benthic subcommittee of the PATC, the Manomet Point samples were again collected l

and sorted.

2. Two new faunal species were added to the list; these were both gastropods.

I I-4

NUC83-liS l

3. Manomet Point had the greatest densities of faunal I organisms and also the greatest species richness.

4. The Effluent station had higher diversity and evenness than the two control sites in August.

5. Normal classification analysis performed suggests slight but evident changes in community structure 'of the Effluent due to PNPS operation.

I 6. The total algal biomass at all stations declined between the August 1981 and March 1982 collections.

I .

7. The Phyllophora epiphytic fraction showed higher biomass than the Chondrus epiphytic fraction.

Plankton Studies:

1. Entrainment I a. A total of 36 species of fish eggs and/or larvae were found in the January - June 1982 entrainment coll e-tions .

I

b. Egg collections for January -

June 1982 were dominated by Atlantic cod (January -

February),

winter flcunder (March - April), labridae - Limanda group (May - June), Atlantic mackerel and window-pane (May - June).

I-5

1 NUC83-H6 I

c. Larval collections for January - June 1982 were dominated by sand lance (January - March), rock gunnel (February - April), winter flounder ( April -

June), grubby (February - April), cunner (June), !

rockling (May), and Atlantic mackerel (June).

d. One lobster larvae wa's collected in the entrainment samples for 1982.

e. Several rainbow smelt larvae were collected in June 1982.

2. Winter Flounder m Viability Studies

a. Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes anericanus) eggs were collected to determiae if these eggs survive entrainment at PNPS.

b. Samples were taken from both the intake bay and the discharge canal, in order to look at egg viability both before and after entrainment.

c. Winter flounder eggs do survive entrainment , and some winter flounder eggs collected prior to entrainment are dead.

I I-6

1 I

N U C3-E3 3 INTRODUCTION A. Scope and Objective This is the twentieth . semi-anaual report on the status and re-sults of the environmNntal surveillance and study programs related to the operation of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS). The study programs discussed in this report relate specifically to the Cape Cod Bay ecosystem with particular emphasis on the Rocky Point area. This is the eighth semi-annual report in accordance with the environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of the PNPS Unit 1

(#MA0003557) NPDES permit from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. A multi-year (1969-1977) report incorporating inarine fisheries , benthic, plankton-entrainment

, and impingement studies was submitted to the NRC in July 1978 as requir ed by the PNPS Appendix B, Tech. Specs.

Programs in these areas have been continued under the PNPS

, NPDES permit.

The objectives of the Environmental Surveillance and Study Program are to determine whether the operation of PNPS res.ults in mbasurable effects on the marine ecology and to evaluate the significance of any observed effects. If an effect of significance is detected, Boston Edison Company has committed to take steps to correct or mitigate any adverse situation . These studies are guided by an Administrative-I I

II-1

NUC3-E4 Technical Committee which is chaired by a member of the U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency and whose membership in-cludes representatives from the University of Massachusetts, l the Mass. Division of Water Pollution Control, the Mass. Divi-sion of Marine Fisheries, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA), the U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and Boston Edison Company. Copies of. the Minutes of the Pilgrim Station Administrative-Technical Committee meetings held during this reporting period are included in Section IV.

B. Marine Biota Studies

1. Marine Fisheries Studies A marine fisheries study initiated in 1969 is being con-ducted by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Division of Marine Fisheries (DMF).

The occurrence and distribution of fish around Rocky Point and at sites outside the area of temperature in-crease ere being studied. Groundfish and pelagic species are sampled using otter trawl (5 stations) and gill net (2 stations) collections (Figure 1) made at one-month inter-vals .

I I

II-2

NUC3-E5 In 1981, two additional fish sampling techniques were added and the frequency of otter trawl and gill net sampling reduced to accommodate these. ' The new tech-niques are shrimp trawling and haul seining which pro-vide more PNPS impact-related sampling of benthic fish and shore zone fish , respectively. Shrimp trawling is done twice/ month at 4 stations and haul seining once/ week during March / April, August / September and November /

December at 4 stations (Figure 2).

I Studies have been conducted since early 1970 of local lobster stock catch statistics for areas off Rocky and Manomet Points (Figure 3). Catch statistics continue to be collected approximately weekly throughout the fishing season (May-November).

I The recording of total laudings of Irish moss harvested in the study area began in 1971. To facilitate comparisons of the amount of moss harvested in the immediate dis-charge area with control areas, the coastline was divided into eight monitoring zones (Figure 4). The total weight of moss harvested and the effort expended within each monitoring zone by each raker are recorded daily.

A finfish observational dive program was initiated in June l 1978. SCUBA gear is utilized on biweekly dives from May-October (weekly mid-August to mid-September) at 6 stations (Figure 2) in the PNPS thermal plume area.

i II-3 l

l l

NUC3-E6 Results of the marine fisheries studies during the re-porting period are presented in Section IIIA.

2. Benthic Studies The studies described in this report were conducted by Taxon, Inc. , Salem, Massachusetts.

The benthic flora and fauna 'were sampled at three loca-tions at depths of 10 feet (MLW) (Figure 1). Quantitative (rock substratum) samples were collected, and the dom-inant flora and fauna in each plot were recorded. Samp-ling was conducted two times per year to determine biotic changes, if any. Transet sampling off the discharge canal to determine the extent of the denuded and stunted zones is conducted four times a year. Results of the benthic surveys reported during this period are discussed in Secticn IIIB.

3. Plankton Studies Since August 1973, Marine Research, Inc. (MRI) of Fal-mouth, Massachusetts has been studying entrainment in Pilgrim Station cooling water of fish eggs and larvae, and lobster larvae (from 1973-1975 phytoplankton and zooplank-ton were also studied). Figure 5 shows the entrainment contingency sampling station locations. Information gen-erated through these studies has been utilized to make periodic modif,ications in the sampling program to more II-4

I

.noitatS rewoP raelcuN mirgliP rof 2891 enuJ-yraunaJ morf )% dna ,WM( level rewoP lamrehT rotcaeR egarevA yli3D .6 erugiF I

2891 ENUJ . YRAUNAJ ENUJ YAM LIRPA HCRAM YRAURBEF YRAUNAJ 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 0 -

M " -0

=g ,

t y .z y .g g

, . + ~ .. + ~ .

-*-t:=t *+*-*I. 0 y

- +.

.2

a. g

-. v -.+. ,~ -

4

~*++-**t.-*-+ . +---

+ -

.s

4. . .4 4.-..- +

r . .

- - =.----- ---- c :;::

o .._-a.___t.--* ^ *1 -+--- 004 o

'"*-+.

$"'+ [;

2 a 52 rt + 8=

- - - + -

a -- . + - y p ij

4. .EI=.' - "

+

P~t-*~ ta (

g - ' --- -r_--+- -+---- .:

q:-

_a_ -.._

i-

+

nog y w - + - ~ ~ - - - - + -+-

t :t .%

]l + - + + - --"t. . -: '

2 2: - ;;- 4 14 r -+ :2 ::-

g _ . .

- ... .a- -_t~~~

r '+~ - --+ E g . *: :*t*

b

=

t- *~

-- . . - - ".h -

h I. T ~ $ E O

05

.y

+ . ..~_ ",., ;-

g ;--

0001 O g E

E , . ~ ,

+.- .

eEI:i =-"5 =t s g

~T~ 5 2 ~~~~l 3 -- -

- - - - - - --- - - - - - - % 21 g g e = . . _+ . - _-_,_.,-t, e m .

j j

[ 4.~ ,

= h 5 +

[ l - j+-* >

t* .-d*kiiiN:.. +--*--+-

w a

.. =- 1 w..-

- g=.2= .

r ..

. ~.~. .. _ ;? . .tf.

- - - - + -

. .t.._. .".

==t. :.. : *-- gg g

~ - - e~~~- -t-g 57 -

a _.4

.t.

.* ". + - ---

+-*-*

g O..___.. g3

' +--t +-

- -- : z- -

4-.-+ ,----* 4

.- _--+. . -- _.-- -4 iT .:T---*-- '-"

-_-. . - +. g , :

.. + .

- a-g :

.._y p 1

001 - 0002 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 520251015 ENUJ YAM LIRPA HCRAM YRAURBEF YRAUNAJ 2891 ENUJ - YRAUNAJ l

I l

I I

I . . . . . - . _ . . . _ . . __. . . . _ _ _

I I

I O C 13 I DuxsuRY 1

O C 11 O

C 12 I

I O

c- ~ O C io Ce QC-8 I

I O C7 o O C4 et.uours I umaaon u

u ',,nl l sena sm uits:

_ ,, nr.,our,,naa l

O C4 PLYMOUTH # OJ

, w-

'r .

c ;' T* l' ._m_.

9 c2 i' ' ,~a-l .

~.__

.7

.; C-o 1

I \ w. E ll'

[l =

i\ E ;)

\

\(

g I

Figure 5. Location of Entrainment Contingency Plan Sampling Stations, C.

I I l

I I

I N

0 pE nN MilfS t/2',,,!

t PL YMOUTH BA Y LongBendu s

,LYMOUTH HARBOR 6

y RockV !**"t i gy

l. ', +4 '

.a,_ s

.: /.q 3s~

3. . \+ '

3

-;. - co- ,

8 .g ,f

. .,n g'

7

- ~ &c n; , m. m.cw=== . p.1. 'e." . " ' ; e:" n ,-

ar . .w:st ../

,,n3.

,~a..3s -(; -_ , ,

e v- )* L

,,,,ui, B.,s>

2

..:'. m_ c

.; y

.\ q. . , . e uo,n se

,,y,,,,,,,,

2

, ',.;, , ,;b ,

, a.

u _; ,

%IQ ;, ,

'j . a. .

~~,.

~

a

l. /,. _

^.

. y ,,,,, e

y. : ;. :.:. w :.

lg.!w- ..

, ; /, .

x . .. .

". . .a -. . , ,

t. ,, -l. : -

r

,g ;;.; Q

L sre

,.,,r..

1

E ,

'l Poont I

I Figure 4- Irish Moss Commercia1 Harvesting Areas for Marine Fisheries Studies.

I

w. w-x - _ m- -aa- w- -u- _ -u -a,s m s -

-- a .-, a , - - - . - - ---.-.---a.-.

\

l l -

i g x I O 1/2 1 N w rn i PL YMOUTH BA Y SCALE IN MILES I

Rocky Point PILGRIM wumo con /

C Ig-p

. ~ -

/. - .

-g.

l

, * - . ** WNte Horse Beach "r[, e

. 4 .

!-;dj',, i'_ , ,1 ,

} go- ' ', , unnamer

~ .' , rome

, ~' ,

I

, .. . , L -

~g y/

[j..^

' # 4 It

~ - Ei, . , ,

l

, ;. .l ***'

- , 3 . "- . y , .

l .. - . Ti ..

c. .

),I.

l . , .:, .

. .t

.V

.3.

1

, /"

p'.

~

-Q l Figure 3.

m- ,

o Lobster Pot Sampling Grid for Marine Fisheries Studies.

I

I I

I' I. l Gurnet Pt.

CAPE COD BA Y i d B.1 (located near the mouth of the Jones River in Kingston Bay.)

A l o ia i u - uru SCALE IN MILES

,,,,,,,,c,, etvu0ur"sAY PL vWOUTH T.

HAMBOR Rocky Poont O J, B-2 T.1 ,

T3

-'a ca

,.- -%,, ,~ PILGRI

(' .j \T4

.. SITE

... ,y,,

r,,,ce, e c,, ,

} t.EG E ND _ f , ,._ g,$'%,, g POWER PLANT 4 ' .,j 84

~

SHRIMP TRAWL STATIONS (T) @ [ ' *-. , , , 7/,7" A BEACH SEINE STATIONS (B) .s 5.

DIVE STATIONS (D) f 5 l Stage l l Po,nt S, * "-- ;

r- ., ,1 !

l '.

Ji'

,d' '.- i-I Figure 2. Location of Shrimp Trawl, Beach Seine and Dive Sampling a Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies. E

l l

l NOTE:

Gurnet Pt.

I T 1 & T-4: Trawl Stations 1 and 4 extend perpendicular to the shore line approximately 2 miles NW of Pdgrim Station.

Trawl Stations 2 and 3 extend parallel to T 2 & T 3:

shore line along 30 and 40 f oot contours CAPE

[MLW), respectively directly seaward of station discharge. COD T 5: Trawl Station 5 extends parallel to shore i

I of f White Horse Beach.

G 1, G 2, G 3: Benthic Stations N 1 & N-2: Gill Net Stations 0 !!? 1 N m21 E r SCALE IN MILES gar,g gyan PL YMOU TH B A Y T-1 T3 I PL YMOUTH NARBOR T4 Rock y G-1 b

33 Point e .f'I

. -- ~. / 8: ., N 2

/x-. .- +N, . PILGRIM j . *'. ....' %;., . b i SliE nuven cave ,- +;j l

. = . - . .- ,

Y

- .. hel.onveHe . s 9. .

' *:~~. . . . . . -

})

pr,ac its eous t.EG END / ,

wn,re

- POWER PLANT l '.

T4 OTTER TRAWL STATIONS (T) - **ao r"'"

ro,n d BENTHIC STATIONS (G)

. ..['

I

- - GILL NET {N) 1:l 4:

(

7 srne

;p nar l ',

. y., ......,

H i i

9 g.*-

\

i l ('-

I Figure ' . Location of Otter Trawl and Gill Net Sampling Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies, and Benthic Studies Sampling Stations J

NUC3-E8

MA0003557. Fish survival studies were conducted in 1982 to determine its effectiveness in protecting marine life.

Results of the impingement monitoring and survival pro-grams for this reporting period are discussed in Sections IIID.1 and IIID.2, respectively.

C. Fish Surveillance Studies In Spring 1976, regular fish spotting overfligLts were com-menced as part of a continuing effort to monitor the times when large concentrations of fish might be expected in the Pilgrim vicinity. Since September 1976, and regularly from May-October since 1978, dive inspections have been conducted of the Pilgrim discharge canal in order to evaluate fish barrier net durability, and effectiveness in excluding fishes from the discharge canal.

Annual summary reports for these efforts for 1982 will be presented in Semi-Annual Report No. 21.

D. Station Operation History The daily average, reactor thermal power levels from January through June 1982 are shown in Figure 6.

i II-6 I

NUC3-E7 efficiently address the question of the effect of entrain-I ment. These modifications have been developed by the contractor, and reviewed and approved by the Pilgrim A-T Committee on the bases of the program results .

Plankton studies in 1982 emphasized consideration of ichthyoplankton entrainment. The 1982 entrainment report was prepared by Boston Edison Company. Data were collected by Marine Research, 'Inc. Results of the ichthyoplankton entrainment studies for this reporting period are discussed in Section IIIC.

I 4. Impingement Studies The Pilgrim 1 impingement program commenced in Novem-ber 1972 to speciate and quantify the organisms carried onto the four intake traveling screens. Through June 1976, the Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries reported on collection by private contractors. In January 1976, Marine Research Institute began both collecting and reporting on results of this program. Since January 1979, Marine Research, Inc. has been conducting impinge-ment sampling with results being reported on by Boston Edison Company.

I A new screen wash sluiceway system was installed at Pilgrim 1 in 1979 at a total cost of approximately $150,000.

This new sluiceway system was required by the U.S.

I Environmental Protection Agency and the Mass. Division of Water Pollution Control as a part of NPDES Permit II-5

I I

PROGRESS REPORT ON STUDIES TO EVALUATE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF THE PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION ON THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT I Project Report No. 33 (January-June, 1982)

Su:: nary Report No. 14 I

I I

By Robert Lawton, Phillips Brady, Christine Cooper-Shee?an, i Mando Borgatti, and Vincent Malkoski I t I

I September 15, 1992 Massachusetts Department of Fisheries, Wildlife and Recreational Vehicles I Division of Marine Fisheries 100 Cambridge Street Boston, Massachusetts 02202 I

I I

I TABLE OF CONTENTS I

Page INTRODUCTION 1 LOBSTER CATCH 1 IRISH MOSS HARVEST 2 OTTER TRAWL 3 NEARSHORE TRAWLING 5 GILL NET 7 HAUL SEINE 10 UNDERWATER FINFISH OBSERVATIONS 11

SUMMARY

12 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 15 LITERATURE CITED 16 APPENDIX A I

I I

I u lI

I LIST OF TABLES Table

1. Average legal lobster catch per pot haul per month for all quadrats combined.

2. Irish moss landing statistics, June,1971-1982. I

3. Otter trawl catch per unit effort for dominant community species (pooled stations' data) from January-June, 1970-1982.

4 Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim g Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982 3 (Pseudopleuronectes 3 americanus).

5. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982 3 (Raja spp.).

6. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982, (Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus).

7. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982, (Macrozoarces americanus).

8. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982, (Scophthalmus aquosus).

9. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982, (Limanda ferruginea).

10. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1982 3 (Homarus americanus).

11. Total catch by finfish species captured at each nearshore trawl station, January-June, 1982.

12. Nearshore trawl catch data for commercial species at Stations 1-4 from March-June, 1982. (Pseudopleuronectes americanus and Limanda ferruginea).

13. Nearshore trawl catch data (catch / unit effort) for dominant community species, January-June, 1982.

14 Percent catch composition for nearshore trawl and otter trawl programs, January-June, 1982.

I w I I

I LIST OF TABLES (continued)

Table

15. Gill net collections (five panels of 3.8-8.9 cm mesh) at two sites in the vicinity of PNPS from January-June, 1982.

16. Gill net collections (two panels of 11.4-15.2 cm mesh) at two sites in the vicinity of PNPS from January-June, 1982.

17. Hydrographic measurements recorded while haul seining in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, March-April, 1982.

I 18. Occurrence of finfish species at each observational station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

I 19. Surface and bottom water temperatures (C) at each observational station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

20. Approximate numbers of finfish species that occurred at each observa-I tional station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

I I

3 I 1 I

I I u I -- .-.

I

I LIST OF FIGUPIS Figure

1. Distribution of lobster pots sampled, May-June, 1982.

2. Irish moss harvest zones.

3. Locations of otter trawl and gill net sampling stations for Marine Fisheries Studies, and Benthic Studies sampling stations.

4 Haul sofne station locations in the vicinity of PNPS, 1962.

5. Finfish observational diving statiens at PNPS, 1982.

I Il I;

Ii .

I I

. . I I

l I :

I INTRODUCTION Since 1969, the Division of Marine Fisheries (DMF) has conducted eco-logical studies to detect and evaluate non-radiological impacts of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) - Unit I operation on marine resources in the offsite waters of Cape Cod Bay. This report summarices data collected by DMF from January to June, 194.3 in the environs of PNPS. Numerical tabulations and computed indices of abundance are compared by area and over time to iden-tify data trends and relationships. Unicss otherwise indicated, methods and materials employed in sampling are identical to those described in past reports.

I LOBSTER CATCH A total of 681 lobster pots, containing 1,241 lobsters, was sampled during this reporting period. Data collection commenced on 18 May. Spatial distribution of sampled pots is presented in Figure 1. Catch data by quadrat are included as an appendix to this report (Appendix A).

We sampled 308 legal lobsters from May-June. Mean monthly catch rates (catch per pot haul) of legal lobsters (> 81 mm carapace length) for all quad-rats combined are found in Table 1, together with monthly rates from past years. Mean legal catch rate (0.45) for May declined from last year (0.58);

however, June's catch rate of 0.46 increased from last year's value (0.26).

It is noteworthy that this is the highest value recorded for this month.

Catch rates for quadrats: H-11, I-11, and I-12, the area most impacted by plant discharge, averaged 0.29. The two-month average for all quadrats com-bined was 0.45 legal lobsters per pot haul, which is within the upper range of rates obtained in past years.

1 I

Il l

I!

% S('X' vv X /n.o.4 't!Hid >'s /'N /^; I' r/x g, y x w=.r, / y y yA'g/s >;. , ,

- ],y -

'I.

y, ,

fi

/ x) s

\,>x .

'/ s x ,e m s 's'N,lz-

' /

j / :

s -

x ,.

x r . ,/ 's o

. s. .e A ,/ex ,/sx: I

/.. ,N 7s ,- .,

,Xs

's .

'$x ,-2'N

.N f 3'

'N / \.:

l

/ ~ '~,

) , ,} .' ,E's '

E sikk/'N/y'?'I

/N

/w/x s s ,/^x' z x,

+

. .s lx,ly'. ~ 3. ,f'X

/

2 x ,.

3

,,,. /I N

/\N ,/ ' ,/

'O 22 7g ,/ \!

E' y' 5 4 v se f j 12'N / ,+

C()/'/

N ,/NU.

2 ,

- - > g,_ ny- 2, ,2 e -

,e s 3,

16 g

/

ted6 1s l l

c~ g i OOkt +'N '

[ 7 wars Kil=t" w *=ty, s u,,o ue ,

25.

ya .cr.et :. og p, g j fPoint. 10 6 i l 's ;

w_ -

j ,

, ~ 1, -

x/ g jxN 'y -

/7

. N / /

s.

g Cc;:e Cod N ' ,, \!

I

$t'NJ ,, , - f , ~ yxx ,),s /

i f

?Q ,?x !

h $.Y '

s

<.'"E .

. v '\,/.

b h__. , i e . me e a w e w

-~~_95. .s'*-[UTS. 1952.

I

I Table 1.

Average legal lobster catch per pot haul per month for all quadrats combined.

I March April May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov 1970 - -

0.41 0.30 0.54 0.75 0.61 0.68 0.80 (330) (351) (627) (667) (571) (691) ( 72) 1971 0.68 0.46 0.62 0.32 0.68 0.86 0.77 0.70 -

( 95) (331) (681) (591) (723) (730) (668) (668)

I 1972 -

0.59 (428) 0.55 (248) 0.31 (519) 0.66 (718) 0.80 (707) 1.30 (477) 0.88 (352)

I 1973 -

0.46 (135) 0.39 (646) 0.41 (634) 0.74 (625) 0.60 (295) 0.56 (279) 0.82 (151)

I 1974 0.38 0.33 1.00 0.51 1.09 0.64 (309) (341) (544) (595) (499) (455) 1975 -

0.32 0.23 0.26 0.64 0.58 0.81 0.70 0.65 (322) (525) (555) (314) (299) (278) (269) (233) 1976 - -

0.27 0.21 0.69 0.59 0.34 1.11 0.63 (438) (541) (641) (554) (570) ( 37) (178) 1977 -

0.48 0.46 0.29 0.55 0.47 0.72 0.86 -

(379) (417) (203) (555) (663) (604) (664) 1978 - -

0.41 0.30 0.63 0.62 1.09 0.71 -

(374) (571) (441) (775) (279)

I 1979 - -

0.31 0.29 0.54 0.59 0.50 (162) 0.42 0.58 (130) (659) (797) (491) (200) (272) (271) 1980 - -

0.21 0.25 0.63 0.64 0.58 0.84 0.63 (107) (477) (983) (849) (476) (520) (255) 1981 - -

0.58 0.26 0.62 0.64 0.96 0.73 0.S7 (318) (798) (744) (352) (696) (482) (377) 1982 - -

0.45 0.46 (410) (271)

I (Number of pots hauled.)

I 1

I A total of 34 berried females (i.e., carrying external eggs) was sam-pled; of these,20 were sublegal ( < 81 mm carapace length). These ovigerous irdividuals comprised 2.7% of the total lobsters sampled and 4.1% of the cap-tured females. This represents a noticeable decline from last year's values of 5.5%~and 8.4%, respectively.

Traditional fishing pressure in the study area has been concentrated on three rocky ledges which extend perpendicular to shore, located off Rocky Point, White Horse Beach, and Menomet Point (Tairbanks et al. 1972). Since 1978, commercial fishermen have expanded their fishing areas by intensifying their efforts on sand substrate.

Data from project trawl studies have indicated an increase of lobsters inhabiting sand bottom. During the years of 1970 through 1978, mean catch per 20-minute tow (utilizing a half-scale Yankee trawl, equipped with a cod-end liner of 3.8 cm mesh) of lobsters in Warren Cove and at Rocky Point ranged between 0.47 and 3.54 From 1979-1980, a total of 3,746 lobsters was col-lected in 229 trawl tows for a mean catch per tow of 16.4. In 1981, 3,001 lobsters were taken in 134 tows of both a half-scale Yankee, and half-scale Wilcox trawl for a combined mean of 22.4 Mean catch rate in 1982 for January to June, a traditional period of reduced lobster activity, was 26.9 which provides further evidence of an apparent increase in the abundance of lobsters on sand bottom.

I IRISH MOSS HARVEST Harvesting of Irish moss (Chondrus crispus) ccmmenced on 11 June, 1982.

Landing statistics through 30 June are presented in Table 2. Figure 2 depicts the eight coastal zones constituting the study area. Due to adverse weather 2

I

~

W W m M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Table 2. Irish moss landing statistics, June, 1971-1982.

Landings (1bs-wet weight)

Area 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1 30,937 27,940 20,630 30,115 15,990 36,575 18,185 29,015 20,775 28,350 22,925 12,710 2 18,734 31,829 11,730 30,760 20,650 72,185 37,520 40,390 26,422 44,865 59,082 42,525 3 3,900 930 80 400 8,285 9,260 6,435 7,842 3,315 3,545 4,738 1,795 4 6,602 9,017 3,365 3,035 6,115 4,305 5,785 5,889 1,275 2,606 1,880 3,030 5 43,234 24,314 4,440 460 22,720 33,375 25,635 8,417 14,750 25,996 15,778 9,385 6 14,480 16,800 6,090 13,495 31,290 16,665 6,505 4,222 12,642 6,735 3,048 1,770 7 5,007 2,885 -

190 7,960 1,020 -

2,2] 5 - - - -

8 5,859 4,090 - -

2,830 100 -

660 - - - -

Totals 128,753 117,805 46,335 78,455 115,840 173,485 100,065 98,650 79,179 112,099 107,451 71,015

Table 2. Irish moss (continued)

Effort (hours)

Area 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1 129.74 148.81 116.25 98.42 50.50 147.00 72.00 108.48 97.86 123.35 102.28 39.25 i

2 124.35 221.13 101.25 89.92 S3.17 395.25 194.75 164.32 243.20 198.36 334.03 178.99 j 3 22.25 7.67 .50 1.00 28.25 35.42 65.17 33.15 23.96 17.62 33.46 6.13 4 35.37 45.93 14.08 11.08 15.92 23.75 25.25 37.40 9.08 19.59 12.75 15.25 5 210.22 131.33 31.75 1.83 72.42 115.83 92.25 46.90 76.50 134.57 73.29 35.20 6 58.83 76.58 39.50 41.00 73.58 54.33 26.92 19.50 52.45 45.37 12.49 5.25 7 27.91 19.00 -

0.50 24.75 4.58 -

5.75 - - - -

8 25.50 15.25 - -

11.50 0.33 -

2.83 - - - -

Totals 634.17 665.70 303.33 243.75 370.08 776.50 476.33 418.33 503.05 538.86 568.30 280.07 E E E E E W E E' E E E E E E E E E E

m M M M M M M M M -

M M M M M M M M Table 2. Irish moss (continued)

Harvest Rate (1bs/hr)

Area 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 107A 1974 14An 1011 loa?

1 238.5 187.8 177.5 306.0 316.6 248.8 252.6 267.5 212.3 229.8 224.1 323.8 2 150.7 143.9 115.8 342.1 221.6 182.6 192.7 245.8 108.6 226.2 176.9 236.5 3 175.3 121.3 160.0 400.0 293.3 261.5 98.8 236.6 138.4 201.2 141.6 292.8 4 186.6 196.3 238.9 273.8 334.2 181.3 229.1 157.5 140.4 133.0 147.4 198.7 S 205.7 185.1 139.8 250.9 313.7 288.1 277.9 179.5 192.8 193.2 215.3 266.6 6 246.1 219.4 154.2 329.1 425.2 306.7 241.7 216.5 241.0 148.5 244.0 337.1 7 179.4 151.9 -

380.0 380.6 222.6 -

385.2 - - - -

8 229.8 268.2 - -

246.1 300.0 -

233.0 - - - -

177.0 203.0 152.8 321.9 313.0 223.4 210.1 235.8 157.4 208.0 189.1 253.6 A

Seasonal harvest rate total lbs wet weight / total effort hrs.

I I

.\

\ls., on scale

,k. 0 08 1.6 l L_ - = 1-B

\'g v s _ =__J.

\s '

Kilometer r:.-vouN $Ar h,s . ,c; s . . ,

N ',

_\

r P vvCJTM -

wi.dkOA N \

\ , \6 /,p . . .,,

i %\ N -',s. g f.'! 9 "'

6 / T,.

,4.,

_ _-. s.t-s y ..e c.e ,/...-

. ..; .-. 7Q

-.. % /, -

%. ., .j N 7 %

,, c. g.,. p ; 4,s

<- > n, w >... t.

N_ p ~. . -: 3 -

4- \. .,,1*7: \. .

- r 1 s. c, , .4

~

f. /, ..

y N __

)i

t &

e D w.

4: .. .. 9

', g d' ll ,f:re

-. . f R ; :, s ., .

s? !

e M

S$ , E g

envg%eus \

.. \

g i,.. .. s. \

s F;Y s.'* 'JT e l -

O CA .*! .* E "

FAY $

I':

e. en b .~7 ==-('d j

w j#sc E

Dfl,14,nf J )('!J' _, -.

_ . . . f'. e ~- . ..

E: ,

Figure 2. Irish moss hcrvest zones.

Il I

I

I I conditions, four days were lost to harvesting during the sampling period.

Rakers expended 280.07 hours8.101852e-5 days 0.00194 hours 1.157407e-5 weeks 2.6635e-6 months of effort while harvesting 71,015 lbs (wet weight) of moss (Table 2). The mean harvest rate for the entire study area was 253.6 lbs/hr. These totals do not include 2,365 lbs harvested out-side the study area from the E111sv111e (Indian Hill) area and landed at White Horse Beach.

Both total effort and landings are the second lowest ever for this period, partly reflecting the relatively short harvesting period (20 days).

However, the mean harvest rate (pooled data) is the third highest recorded during the study. Landings and effort decreased throughout all harvest areas except Zone 4, while harvest rates increased in all ::enes. Greatest effort (63.9% of the total) and highest landings (59.6%) were again recorded from Zone 2 (White Horse Beach). For the fourth consecutive spring no raking was conducted in Zones 7 and 8.

A comparison of Zone 1 (control) and Zone 5 (discharge) revealed that landings, effort and mean harvest rate were greater in Zone 1. Harvest rate for both areas, however, improved from last spring by h5% ia Zone 1 and 24%

in Zone 5.

There are fewer rakers this year, which directly contributes to both reduced effort and landings. Harvest rates indicate, however, that with less competition, rakers are obtaining more mess per unit of effort.

I OTTER TRAWL Otter trawling continued in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station with five stations (Figure 3) being sampled monthly. Single 20-minute tows were made with a replicate set most often made at Station 2 (surveillance site) to I '

I

I I

I .

I I Gurnet Pt, I NOTE:

T-1 & T-4: Trawl Stations 1 and 4 extend perpendicular to the shore line approximately 2 miles NW of Pilgrim Station.

I T 2 & T 3: Trawl Stations 2 and 3 extend parallel to shore line along 30 and 40-foot contours (MLW), respectively directly seaward of CAPE CCD station discharge.

I T 5: Trawl Station 5 extends parallel to shore off White Horse Beach.

G 1, G 2: Benthic Stations N 1 & N-2: Gill Net Stations A

0 w n CT IQ W 1 N

SCALE IN FAILES I

Long Beacn PL YMOUTH BA Y T-1 T3 PLYMOUTH c., T2 I MARBOR T.4 l'ock y b Point _ _ , G2

~. *"s, ^ ' ' ' *

N-2 I /. e PILGRIM

.,M / SITE f .

,.

warren Cove ,

.. ~

Y '

.ghaton n.

~~

I

,,, ... 3g r,=,us B-n LEGEND 2 i: U Whne

.h. Morse Beacn y POWER PLANT ..,y,.j ;' .

,g J/ T-5 I , "* , , " , ' " "

.p OTTER TR AWL STATIONS (T) 13

) ,

i d BENTHIC STATIONS (G)

'I

~

e* GILL NET (N)

.h 1::

a: :} sem

;c Point u -

o. :

.-~. ,': -

1 i l '. ! '

f.: ,

'. - l _

l Figure 3. Location of Otter Trawl and Gill Net Samoling Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies, and l

Benthic Studies Sampling Stations.

. I improve accuracy of relative abundance estimates. These estimates of stock abundance were der:ved from catch per unit effort (CPUE) data, i.e. , mean catch / tow. ITo sampling was possible in January because of ice conditions in the':tudy area.

Water temperatures were below 1 0 until the April sampling. From January-March (winter), bottom temperatures exceeded those recorded at the surface, but from April-June (spring) the reverse was true. During spring sampling, bottom water temperatures averaged from 3.4-13.4 C. Catches of all dominant ground-fish were relatively low in the winter as ccmpared to spring. Water tempera-ture was clearly a determinant of fish distribution in this inshore area.

Winter flounder was 5he numerically dominant species of the groundfish I assemblage (Table 3). This was the only species captured by trawling in the study area'in February and also predeminated in March collections. As in 1980 and.1.981, abundance was greatest at Stations 1 and 4 (Table 4). Overall mean CPUE for the study area was about the same as last year (Table 3), suggesting a stable population pattern. I Skates were second in abundance in trawl samples. Catch data suggested that their abundance spatially was inversely related to depth. Largest numbers were encountered at Station 1 in Warren Cove (Table 5) which is consistent with study findings from 1970-1976, where collectively 46% of the total skate catch was made. The pooled abundance estimate for the sampled population was down from last year (Table 3), suggesting a possible decline in the biological population inhabiting the geographical regior under consideration.

Small nurlers of longhorn sculpin and ocean peut were captured only in April and May (Tables 6 and 7). Overall abundance indices for sculpin during the winter and spring seasons declined through 1977 but have shown a slight I I

I Table 3. Otter trawl estch per unit effort for dominant community species (pooled stations' data) from January-June, 1970-1982.

I winter skate longhorn ocean yellowtail E

Year flounder spp. sculpin windowoane pout flounder 1970 19.9 1.4 9.9 1.3 29.0 3.3 1971 22.5 1.7 5.8 20.7 2.1 5.1 1972 12.4 1.3 6.6 2.6 11.4 3.6 1973 10.3 1.8 4.6 2.0 10.7 1.7 1974 9.2 1.1 3.7 1.4 4.7 1.o 1975 9.3 1.0 1.7 2.0 4.7 3.0 1976 8.5 1.0 0.9 1.7 2.6 5.5 1977 9.2 4.2 0.4 2.5 2.1 1.8 1978 10.8 3.4 1.1 1.6 1.5 2.2 I 1979 1980 19.5 20.1 14.0 10.2 3.0 1.2 3.8 3.9 4.8 0.5 7.2 7.7 1981 28.5 9.6 1.4 5.1 0.7 8.1 1982 29.0 6.8 2.5 1.5 1.3 1.0 I

I I

i I

I Table 4 Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station from January-June, 1992.

Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus)

Mean I

Date Jan. Feb. Mar. June No./ tow Apr. May E Station 1 E

No. of fish 0 0 50 42 93 37.0 Size range (mm) C - - 69-370 88-401 120-368 Mean si c (mm) E - -

195.8 233.8 253.9 3

Station 2 .%

l 5

E No. of fish 8 2 8 36 39 43 25.6 Size range (mm) g e 112-363 90-400 89-421 118-455 155-395 g Mean size (mm) 3 227.5 252.6 243.1 299.0 292.9 Station 3 8

No. of fish $ 3 15 25 17 37 19.4 Size range (mm) 8 368-370 148-375 101-360 110-371 132-371 g Mean size (mm) 369.0 298.3 227.5 227.1 265.8 g 5

Station 4 No. of fish 3 4 7 52 50 56 33.8 Size range (mm) $ 111-328 312-485 88-375 78-376 146-373 Mean size (mm) 263.5 365.9 207.8 287.1 278.5 Station 5 b No. of fish 3 - - - -

23 -

Size range (mm ) o - - - -

102-381 Mean size (mm) 5 - - - -

281.8 E

a I

I I

I'

.- - - - . - , , _ . ,c. - -. ,- .,

I:.

I Tahle 5. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim !!uclear Power Station frc- January-June ,1932.

I Skates (Paja spp. )

Mean Date Jan. Feb. Mar. A;r. May June ?c./ tow

"'tation 1 0 0 1 9 49 11.8 I lio. Eize ofrance fish(mm) 7 - -

300 350-482 145-535 Mean sinc (mm) E - -

300.0 424.7 363.8 O

I . ,. . : - -

. . . . . . . .u s

e c

?!o. cf fish 8 0 2 1 2 26 6.2 Site range (mm) e - -

313 311-500 213-505 IMeansite(mm) .3 - -

313.0 429.8 347.2 ration 3 o

m

!;o. of fich S 0 1 0 1 12 2.8 Size range (mm) o - - -

328 171-490 IMeansize(mm) .c 328.0 343.8 u

Station 4 l

!;o . of fish d.c 0 5 0 5 21 S.2

.ze range (mm) u - - -

407-495 108-505

e

. e - - -

436.4 320.7 e

I._.ansize(rr.)

_._._u__....

b m

2 o

...: . c: ::.s n u - - - -

3 I Fize rang'e (r . )

o - - - -

285-485 Fean size (-.) 3 - -- - -

385.0 E

I I

I

I Table 6. C: er traw. ca::n .1:e at s ::icn: 1-E in :ne environs of Pilgri: ':uclear inter Etation "re .'anuary .'une .19E 2.

I Longhorn sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecesspinosus)

Mean I

' sate Jar. . Feb. Mar. Apr. Mav June NO./ CW Station 1 No. cf fish m O' 0 0 1 0 0.2 Eine ra:.ge ( .)

275 -

!'ect sinc (mm) 275.0 -

u

.,-:-... .- +

m c

O No. of fish 0 O 20 3 0 4.6 Size range (mm) 8 - -

228-325 268-320 -

E g

Mean size (mm) - -

290.7 284,7 -

O Station 3 o m

a

o.n .= .i e. k.

4

.. -- . . o 0 6 4 0 2.8 Eine range (mm) .$ - -

258-310 287-402 Mean size (mm) .c -

284.8 320.5 E

u E

a o

_Sta:;on '

s m

': . . c .= .::. *2 0 0 4

_ c h. .

8 0 2.4 e . . ,. .=...-c. <....T, 268-300 275-330 -

. ' ( . .. .i v..=.--.. .e..=. .. m - -

288.2 294.5 -

f0 s

c...:--

En 3

0

... .= .=-

0 -

y 0 - - -

. . '..Y. .. M.

. p,. g s...%...) a -

v..=.... c. .:. m. ( ... )

E I,

I I.

I I!

Table 7. Otter trawl car:h data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgri Nuclear Power Station fro. January-June, 1982.

Ocean pout (Macrozoarces americanus) l Mea..

Late Jan. Feb. Mar. Arr. Mar June No./:cw I:stion1 n

0 0 1 4 0 1.0 INo. offish Size range (t=)

'-:ean sinc (rr) m c

602 602.0 524-671 607.0

.o s

u d

i:at*cn2 o c

o No. of fish o 0 0 5 9 0 2.8 Size range (mm) 8 - -

350-610 510-670 -

Mean size (rr) * - -

550.6 591.5 -

o m

I:stion3

50. of fish a

@- 0 0 3 2 0 1.0 Size range (cm) j - -

546-620 471-580 -

Mean size (en) ,c 585.2 525.5 -

u c

Station u 8 m

Mc. cf fish -

d 0 0 C 2 0 0.4 Size range (r-) * - - -

615-650 -

ean size ( .:) .@

632.5 -

re E

~

i-iC0 5 m 3

o IS. cf fish 0 S ite rance

(-- S M

I I

I Table 8. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Pcwer Station frce January-June, 1932.

Windowpane (Scophthalmus aquesus)

Mean I

Late Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June No./tcw .

Station 1 No. of fish 7 0 0 0 2 2 0.8 Size rance (rr) E - - -

270-271 164-172 Mean si:E (rm) 3u - - -

270.5 168.0

e4 I:atie- 2 3O U

No. of fish Size range (mm) M e 0 1 0 1 7 1.8 g 220 172-275 g Me=.n size (rr) %

o 220.0 227.4 e

Station 3 m

s e

O No. of fish

0 0

.a 3 1 5 1.8 Size range (mm) a - -

186-337 315 150-305 Mean size (mm)

a 275.7 315.0 230.7 4

a

_ Static m

.e4 A

5. of fish

0 0 0 1 7 1.6 Size range (mm) o - - -

290 160-357 e

':ean size (rn) e s

290.0 238.0 e

3:1 i:- E 3 O

v

..:. c - . . -:s .- - -

2 o

size rar. e f - .) =

w 285-485 ,

"ean size (rn) - - - -

385.0 '

E' I'

Il I:

ll 7able 9. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrir "tclear Power Station fror January-June, 1982.

I Yellowtail flounder (Limanda ferruginea)

Mean D ate Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June No./ tow

.Ietation 1

-- 0 0 0 4 1 1.0 INo. Eiteoffish ranie (mm)92-338 265 Mean sicc (ct) 5

.e4 220.8 265.0 v

ration 2 Y c

o No. of fich 0 0 2 6 2 2.0 Size ranze (en) 8

'd 205-377 190-371 225-250 Mean sind (mm) - -

291.0 257.8 237.5 o

tation 3 e m

o Nc. of fish 8 0 2 0 1 3 1.2 Size range (mm) $ -

171-246 -

347 227-282 Mean size (mm) e: -

208.5 -

347.0 245.8 u

a

. o etation 4 e m

=c4 NO. of fish 4: 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 v

Size range (mn) e e - - - - -

m Ic:stier "ean isize (r .) s m

3 o

u

! : . cf fis? - - - -

0 I:Site range ( =)

l i =

l Mean size (r.) - - - - -

E I

I I

I -- _ _ -_ - - - --

I Table 10. Otter trawl catch data at stations 1-5 in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Pcwer Station frce January-June, 1992.

I American lobster (Homarus americanus)

Mean Date Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jutie No./ tow a

Station 1 Nc. of legals 0 0 0 1 1 0.4 No. of sublegals 0 0 0 33 79 22.4 Total No. 0 0 0 34 80 22.8 Station :

No. cf legals 0 0 0 1 8 1.8 No. of sublegals 0 0 l

2 48 107 31.4 5 Total No. 0 0 2 49 115 33.2 Station 3 fic, of legals 0 0 0 0 2 0.4 No. of sublegals 0 0 0 18 166 36.8 Total No. 0 0 0 18 168 37.2 Station t.

c. of legals 0 0 0 2 0 0.4 No. of sublegals 0 0 0 43 84 '25.4 Total No. 0 0 0 45 84 25.8 S t a t ic-- E Nc. cf legals - _ _ _

0 _

No. of sublegals - - - -

18 _

Total No. - - - -

18 -

m I.

I

I I upswing since 1978 (Table 3). Ocean peut have been characterized by a general long-term decline in level of abundance in the study area since the inception of sampling.

Windowpane and yellowtail flounder were infrequently taken in winter (Tables 8 and 9). I'ean CPUE for both species declined from last year; with the value obtained for the former being the lowest since 1974 and that for the latter, the lowest of the entire study (Table 3).

American lobsters were not trawled until April and then only at Station 2 (surveillance site). Catches increased in May and into June (Table 10).

Legal lobsters (> 81 mm carapace length) comprised only 2.5% of the total catch. For the last five years, lobster fishing has intensified on sand bottom in the study area as evidenced by the increased deployment of lobster gear there. Furthermore, from 1978-1981, our average trawl catch per tow (pooled annual data) was 15.4 lobsters, which far exceeded catch rates from all preceding years. From January-June, 1982, the mean CPUE of lobsters was 26.9, indicating an upward trend in level of relative abundance on trawlable bottom.

I NEARSHORE TRAWLING Nearshore trawling commenced on 10 March and continued biweekly through June. Sampling was omitted during January and February due to inclement weather. At each station, tows were extended to 15 minutes. We believe the additional five minutes per tow will improve the accuracy of the data collected.

Catch per unit effort (CPUE) was used as the measure of relative abundance.

Catch data for replicate tows were averaged by species to generate mean catch estimates.

5 lI

A total of 842 fish representing 15 species was collected in 32 tows I

(Table 11). Seven species: winter flounder, yellowrail flounder, windowpane, little skate, ocean pout, longhorn sculpin, and fourspot flounder comprised 97.3% of the total catch. Warren Cove (Station 1) yielded the greatest pooled catch per tow (31.0),while station-wide CPUE for all species combined averaged 26.3.

Winter flounder was the dominant species, comprising 42.0% of the total catch. Remarkibly similar, this species comprised 42.4% of the total catch in 1981. Winter flounder were most abundant at Staticn 1 where we obtained a mean CPUE for all dates of 17.2 (Table 12 ). The average catch at other stations ranged from 8.5-11.5; while CPUE for pooled stations was 11.6 Little skate ranked second in abundance, comprising 20.8% of the total catch. In 1981, skate spp. ranked fourth at 14.2% of the total catch. Mean CPUE ranged from 3.6 to 7.1 with the largest concentrations occurring at Station 1. Pooled CPUE was 5.7 (Table 13).

The largest catches of yellowtail flounder occurred at Stations 2 and I 3, where we obtained mean CPUE's of 5.6 and 5.1, respectively (Table 12 ).

Yellowtail flounder comprised 16.2% of the total catch this year, as compared to 22.8% in 1981. Overall mean catch per tow was 4.1.

Windowpane ranked fourth in abundance, constituting 11.4% of all fish captured. This species ranked third in 1981 when it comprised 15.8% of the catch. Catch data were similar at each station with CPUE ranking from 2.7-3.3. Catch per tow for pooled station averaged 3.0.

Longhorn sculpin represented only 4.0% of the total catch, ranking fifth in abundance. The largest catches were obtained at Stations 2 and 3.

CPUE averaged 1.4 at both locations. The mean catch per unit effort for e

I I

I Table 11. Total catch by finfish species captured at each near-shore trawl station. January-June, 1982.

I

~g Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4 Total t of total E__ # of Tows 7 7 10 8 32 catch winter flounder 125 65 101 63 354 42.0 little skate 50 46 36 43 175 20.8 I yellowtail flounder 9 38 57 32 136 16.2 windowpane 21 23 27 25 96 11.4 I longhorn sculpin 2 10 14 8 34 4.0 a ocean pout 3 3 3 3 12 1.4 fourspot flounder 3 4 1 5 13 1.5 northern searobin -0 2 3 0 5 0.6 hake spp. 1 1 2 0 4 0.5 rainbow smelt 0 3 1 0 4 0.5 Atlantic cod 2 1 0 0 3 0.4 l Atlantic silverside 0 1 0 2 3 0.4 sea raven 1 0 0 0 1 0.1 l lumpfish 0 0 0 1 1 0.1 cunner 0 0 1 0 1 0.1 11

species 10 12 11 9 15 Total # of fish 217 197 246 192 842 ic Catch per 15 min. 31.0 28.1 24.6 22.7 26.3 tow (pooled species) l

Table 12. Near-shore trawl catch data for commercial species at Station 1-4 from March-June, 1982.

Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes emericanus)

Mean catch /

3/10 3/24 4/20 5/3 5/27 6/3 6/22 unit effort Station 1

Fish 1.0 8.0 28.0 26.0 -

21.5 19.0 17.2 Size range (mm) 339 95-390 88-387 102-370 -

198-398 251-330 Mean size (mm) -

303.0 218 279.0 -

288.0 289.0 Station 2

Fish 0 3.0 6.0 21.0* 10.0 7.0 19.0 9.4 Size range (mm) -

245-320 78-364 120-331 270-350 151-342 133-362 Mean size (mm) -

281.0 229.0 255.0 312 281.0 293.0 Station 3

Fish 0 6.2* 18.0 12.5 12.3n 19.5* 12.0 11.5 Size range (mm)- 88-328 93-367 110-370 95-365 98-321 170-396 Mean size (min) -

212.0 260.0 254.0 285.0 267.0 313.0 Station 4

Fish 1.0 6.9* 15.0 17.0 5.0 8.0 6.6A 8.5 Size range (mm) 350 302-352 104-382 105-356 279-331 145-375 265-358 Mean size (mm) -

323.0 279.0 253.0 306.0 280.0 317.0 Pooled Stations 11.6

Value adjusted to 15 minute tow.

M M M M M M M M M M

M M M M M M M M M M Table 12. Yellowtail flounder (Limanda ferruginea) (coet.)

. Mean catch /

j 3/10 3/24 4/20 5/3 5/27 6/3 6/22 unit effort Station 1

Fish 0 0 1.0 2.0 -

3.0 0 1.0 Size range (mm) - -

352 252-370 -

245-303 -

Mean size (mm) - - -

311.0 -

266.0 -

l Station 2 I # Fish 0 0 0.5 6.0* 23.0 5.0 5.0 5.6 Size range (mm) - -

357 230-330 99-330 101-335 233-320 Mean size (mm) - - -

265.0 259.0 217.0 276.0 Station 3

Fish 1.1* 0.6* 5.0 4.0 22.0* 3.0* 0 5.1 Size range (mm) 215 175 155-376 150-251 118-362 111-290 -

] Mean size (mm) - -

281.0 232.0 265.0 201.0 -

Station 4

Fish 0 1.2* 1.0 6.0 12.0 10.0 2.3* 4.6 Size range (mm) -

125 177 215-375 222-312 151-300 141-275 2

Mean size (mm) - - -

275.0 269.0 240.0 208.0 '

Pooled Stations 4.1 l

Value adjusted to 15 minute tow.

2

Table 13. !! ear-shore trawl catch data (catch / unit effort) for dominant community species, January-June, 1982.

Species little skate (Raja windowpane (Scophthalmus (Myoxocephalus longhorn ocean peut (Macrozoarces fourspot flounder (Paralichthys I

Station erinacea) aquosus) octodecemspinosus) americanus) oblontrus )

1 7.1 3.0 0.3 0.4 0.4 !

1 2 6.6 3.3 1.4 0.4 0.6 3 3.6 2.7 1.4 0.3 0.1 4 5.4 3.1 1.0 0.4 0.6 Pooled 5.7 Stations 3.0 1.0 0.4 0.4 ;

I I

l I I

I I

I .

, - - - - - - - - , . - - . - - , ,-w- , , ----,--v- - , - - - - - - - - - - - - , - , , . - _ - - - - - - - , - - - - , - - - - , ., , ,.n~,,. -,- - , - , - - ~ -,-, e- - -

pooled stations was 1.0.

All species of finfish captured in nearshore trawling were also caught in the otter trawl investigations; however, the latter effort obtained an additional nine species. Winter flounder and little skate ranked first and second, respectively, with both gear types, but percent catch compcsition of these species differed (Table 14 ). A total of 1,127 fish (26 tows) was captured in the otter trawl program as compared to 842 (32 tcws) in the near-shore trawl program.

GILL NET Monthly gill net sets were made at two sampling stations (Figure 3), as sea conditions allowed. Sampling on consecutive nights was impossible because of the weather.

A new gill net, identical tc the old one (Lawton et al.1981) was brought into service during the month of June, This was necessitated by our capture in May of a new species - a male basking shark, which was approximately 5.5 m (18 ft) in length. This resulted in the destruction of the 15.2 cm (6 in) mesh panel of the gill net and up to 50% of the panels on either side. The shark was estimated to weigh between 680-907 kg (1500-2000 lb) and was approxi-mately three years old (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953).

This year, to provide more synoptic information, length measurements of skates, searobins, sculpins, and sea ravens have been recorded. This will enable us to examine size structure of these populations.

Four sets at Station 1 yielded 605 fish, comprising 28 species (Tables 15 and 16). Five sets at Station 2 yielded 683 fish, representing 24 species.

Cancer crabs (Cancer irroratus and C. borealis) were again caught in large 7

Table 14 Percent catch composition for near-shore trawl and otter trawl programs, January-June, 1982.

IIear-shore trawl Otter trawl Species % of total catch % of total catch I winter flounder 42.0 63.0 little skate 20.8 13.4 i yellevrail flounder 16.2 2.5 windowpane 11.4 3.5 longhorn sculpin 4.0 5.1

)

, ocean pout 1.4 3.2 )

l 1

l I! ,

l l

l l 1

l l

I II i

l

f Table 15. Gill net collections (five panels of 3.8-8.9 cm aesh) at two sites in the vicinity of PNPS from January-June, 1982.

Percent of Size Mean catch / set Species Number total catch

range (mm) (C.P.U.E.)**

pollock 216 (139) 39.7 (22.2) 197-360 (171-425) 54.0 (1.5) cunner 133 (4) 24.4 (0.6) 100-260 (149-225) 33.3 (0) northen) searobin 31 (32) 5.7 (5.1) 245-361 (220-325) 7.8 (8.0) alewife 27 (19) 5.0 (3.0) 150-278 (175-285) 6.8 (2.8)

Atlantic cod 21 (7) 3.9 (1.1) 235-452 (385-502) 5.3 (0.5)

Atlantic menhaden 19 (13) 3.5 (2.1) 250-297 (271-325) 4.8 (3.3) tautog 18 (7) 3.3 (1.1) 311-329 (210-508) 4.5 (0) winter flounder 14 (16) 2.6 (2.6) 220-399 (96-433) 3.5 (2.3)

Atlantic herring 11 (296) 2.0 (47.3) 191-275 (180-326) 2.8 (73.5) longhorn sculpin 9 (26) 1.7 (4.2) 292-331 (214-339) 2.3 (2.8)

Atlantic mackerel 8 (11) 1.5 (1.8) 373-412 (371-408) 2.0 (1.3) striped bass 8 (6) 1.5 (1.0) 376-425 (335-435) 2.0 (0)

Atlantic tomcod 7 (0) 1.3 (0) 215-253 1.8 (0) sea raven 6 (0) 1.1 (0) 260-432 1.5 (0) rainbow smelt 6 (13) 1.1 (2.1) 190-215 (172-285) 1.5 (3.3) red hake 5 (5) 0.9 (0.8) 381-491 (341-431) 1.3 (1.3) blueback herring 1 (2) 0.2 (0.3) 196 (274-275) 0.3 (0) grubby 1 (0) 0.2 (0) 115 0.3 (0) hickory shad 1 (0) 0.2 (0) 363 0.3 (0) silver hake 1 (2) 0.2 (0.3) 338 0.3 (0.5) smooth dogfish 1 (2) 0.2 (0.3) 962 0.3 (0.5) little skate 0 (13) 0 (2.1) (302-542) 0 (3.0) windowpane 0 (4) 0 (0.6) (185-303) 0 (1.0)

I

Table 15. Gill net collections (five panels of 3.8-8.9 cm mesh) at two sites in the vicinity of PNPS from January-June, 1982. (continued),

Percent of Size Mean catch / set Species Number total catch

range (mm) (C.P.U.E.)**

black sea bass 0 (3) 0 (0.5) (240-275) 0 (0.8) fourspot flounder 0 (3) 0 (0.5) (293) 0 (0.8) coho salmon 0 (1) 0 (0.2) (386) 0 (0.3) spiny dogfish 0 (1) 0 (0.2) (940) 0 (0.3) yellowtail flounder 0 (1) 0 (0.2) (326) 0 (0.3)

Total 544 (626) 136.0 (156.5)

( ) Numbers in parenthesis represent fish captured at Station 2.

I

"' From five panels of 3.8-8.9 cm mesh.

- Calculations do not include data from a two-day set.

I I

I

Table 16. Gill net collections (two panels of 11.4-15.2 cm mesh) at two sites in the vicinity of PNPS from January-June,1982.

Percent of Size Mean catch / set Species Number total catch

range (mm) (C.P.U.E.)*f tautog 17 (17) 27.9 (29.8) 320-441 (308-460) 4.3 (0.3) winter flounder 16 (10) 26.2 (17.5) 222-345 (223-325) 4.0 (1.5)

Atlantic cod 7 (3) 11.5 (5.3) 403-853 (495-529) 1.8 (0) smooth dogfish 6 (1) 9.8 (1.8) 927-1172 (1000) 1.5 (0.3) pollock 5 (2) 8.2 (3.5 345 (171-370) 1.3 (0) sea raven 5 (2) 8.2 (3.5) 300-355 (276-348) 1.3 (0.3) basking shark 1 (0) 1.6 (0) 5500 0.3 (0) cunner 1 (0) 1.6 (0) 270 0.3 (0)

Atlantic mackerel 1 (0) 1.6 (0) 385 0.3 (0) northern searobin 1 (0) 1.6 (0) 285 0.3 (0) scup 1 (0) 1.6 (0) 300 0.3 (0) little skate 0 (6) 0 (10.5) (336-568) (1.5)

I 0

windowpane 0 (6) 0 (10,5) (271-303) 0 (1.5)

Atlantic herring 0 (3) 0 (5.3) (283-290) 0 (0.8)

Atlantic menhaden 0 (3) 0 (5.3) (290-292) 0 (0.5) black sea bass 0 (1) 0 (1.8) (245) 0 (0.3) fourspot flounder 0 (1) 0 (1.8) (335) 0 (0.3) striped bass 0 (1) 0 (1.8) (465) 0 (0.0) yellowtail flounder 0 (1) 0 (1.8) (359) 0 (0.3)

Total 61 (57) 15.3 (14.3)

( ) Numbers in parenthesis represent fish captured at Station 2.

From two panels of 11.4-15.2 cm mesh.

I ** Calculations do not include data from a two-day set.

I

numbers at Station 2, particularly during an unplanned two-day set in May.

I Also taken at the latter site were large numbers of sub-legal lobsters.

Mean catch per unit effort (CPUE), i.e., catch per overnight set, for the seven panels at Station 1 was 151.3 (pooled species), a 22% increase over last year's value of 118.3. At Station 2, mean CPUE (pooled species) was 115.0 (excluding data from the two-day set in May) as compared to 168.4 for last year.

Catch per set for individual species and for the fish assemblage were calculated for the five original (3.8-8.9 cm mesh) panels (pooled) and two larger panels (11.4-15.2 cm mesh) combined at both sites (Tables 15 and 16).

Because sample size (number of sets) was low, the exclusion of data from the two-day set at Station 2 influenced estimates of relative abundance. For example, a mean CPUE (five panels) of 1.5 was obtained for pollock, even though a total of 159 fish were taken (total includes fish taken in May). If catch data from the May set were included, the mean CPUE was 31.8. Catch estimates for other species, e.g. , tautog, were similarly affected and any comparisons made with other years should be interpreted with caution.

Pollock was again the most abundant species captured at Station 1, com-prising 39.7% of the total catch (five panels). The mean CPUE (54.0) decreased somewhat from last year (69.3). Whereas at Station 2, the dominant species was Atlantic herring (47.3% of total catch). Mean CPUE was 73.5, which is markedly higher than that (2.8) obtained for this period in 1981.

The second most abundant fish captured at Station 1 was the cunn,_r (24.4% of total catch); CPUE averaged 33.3, which is 52% higher than last year's value of 16.0. Pollock was second in total catch (22%) at Station 2. The mean CPUE of 1.5 is a drastic reduction from last year's abundance estimate 8

of 56.6; but, as mentioned, this year's quantification may be biased by the necessitated two-day set.

Northern searobin ranked third in abundance (5.1% of total catch) at Station 1; mean CPUE was 7.8. In 1981, striped bass was third in the dominance hierarchy, with a meaa catch per set of 4.0 as compared to this year's catch estimate of 2.5. The northern searobin was also third in numerical catch at Station 2, constituting 5.1% of the total catch. The mean CPUE (8.0) de-creased slightly from last year (10.2).

Atlantic mackerel ranked third in 1981's dominance hierarchy, but was tenth this year. CPUE was 13.2 in 1981, but only 1.3 in 1982.

Catch in the two larger panels (11.4-15.2 cm mesh) was predominated by I tautog at both stations, partially reflecting a si::e-selective factor.

Last year, Atlantic cod was the dominant species netted at Station 1, while northern searobin prevailed at Station 2. Winter flounder was second in abun-dance at both stations. CPUE averaged 4.0 at Station 1 which represents a 75%

increase from last year's level (1.0). By contrast, relative abundance at Station 2 decreased from 4.4 to 1.5, or 66%. Atlantic cod ranked third at Station 1; CPUE was 1.8. Whereas, in 1981, Atlantic mackerel was third in l

abundance when CPUE was 5.6 as compared with the capture of a single indi-vidual this year. Third in abundance at Station 2 was the little skate, with l a mean CPUE of 1.5. Winter flounder ranked third last year.

As demonstrated by previous data, variations occur in the local abun-dance of finfish species over time. Therefore, variability in abundance estimates, as compared with past findings, possibly reflects natural population I fluctuations and/or distribution shifts.

l I

9

l l

HAUL SEINE Haul seining begun last year was re-initiated in March, 1990 to sample the nearshcre fish community in the environs of Pilgrim Station. This year's investigation was intensified in an effort to .nclude weekly haul seine sets which were made from March-April and are planned for August-September and November-December. Operations were conducted at different tidal stages.

Field sampling paralleled periods of historicolly highest plant impingement of dominant shore-sone species. The identical four stations: Gray's Beach (Station 1), Warren Cove (Station 2), Pilgrim Station's intake embayment (Station 3), and White Horse Beach (Station 4) were again sampled (Figure 4).

A systematic, standardized seining technique was empicyed utilizing a 45.7 x 1.8 m (150 x 6 ft) haul seine with a 1.8 x 1.8 x 1.8 m (6 x 6 x 6 ft) pocket of 0.48 cm (3/16 inch) square mesh (twine #63). Replicate hauls were made, whenever possible, at each station to improve data precision.

Hydrographic measurements collected in March and April revealed that salinities in the study area ranged from 26 to 34 o/, (Table 17 ). Salinities, which averaged 29.8 o/x at Station 1, 31.3 % at Stations 2 and 3, and 29.2 /oo at Station 4, were higher overall than those recorded in 1981. Water temperatures were colder this year, ranging from 1.0 to 9.0 C, as compared to last year, when the range was from 4.5 to 13.5 C. Furthermore, elevating seasonal temperatures declined markedly in early April, 1982, following an aber ant snow storm, which lashed the area. Relatively low water temperatures in March and April apparently affected the catches, which were substantially reduced from last year's two-month totals.

On 9 sampling da hs, we completed 53 haul seine sets and caught 74 fish comprising at least 7 species. Of the few invertebrates seined, shrimp (Crangon spp.) were most abundant, being captured at each stati,n. Generally, 10

I I

I I Dux8UR7 EAY g d I G e n y 's W N Beach (1) P LYMOU TH E CINGSTON SAY I

w....

E c ">

E Pilgeim $ lasson ier, e-s.,- , oi t

... .e..

Ecoch idi I O h .t. ..

I m el..

Tigure 4. Haul Seine Station locations in the vicinity Of FNPS,1982.

B I

I I

I

I Table 17. Hydrographic measurements recorded while haul seining in the environs of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, March-April, 1982.

Salinity (*/,o )

Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4 Date Gray'r Beach Warren Cove Intake White Horse Beach a 3/4 28 34 34 -

3/12 30 29 33 28 3/18 31 31 33 28 3/2E 30 33 32 32 4/1 -

32 32 -

4/9 - - - -

4/16 - - - -

4/2." 30 30 26 29 4/30 30 30 29 29 Water temperature (C)

I 3/4 2.2 1.0 2.0 2.0 3/12 3.0 5.0 4.0 6.0 3/18 8.5 7.5 7.0 6.0 3/26 7.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 4/1 4.2 S.0 4.2 -

4/9 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 4/16 9.0 7.0 6.5 7.0 =

4/23 -

8.0 8.0 7.0 8.0 4/30 8.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 m

I Atlantic silverside was the dominant finfish at each location and ccmprised 80% of the total seine catch.

Three taxa (Atlantic silverside, sand lance spp., and winter flounder) were collected in the intake embayment. Silversides and sand lance were the only fish collected at this site last year during the same time period. Fish were captured in the intake on only two dates - both in April, at water temperatures of 4.2 and 7.0 C, respectively.

Species diversity of finfish was greatest at Gray's Beach, where Atlantic silverside, American eel, white hake, and mummichog were taken. Fish were captured on four sampling dates, with the second highest total number (28) of fish recorded at this station.

Only two species of fish were caught at both White Horse Beach and Warren's Cove. The Atlantic silverside was taken at each location while northern pipefish appeared in the catch at White Horse and winter flounder in Warren Cove. The largest single catch of a species was 28 silversides taken at White Horse Beach in early April.

l UNDERWATER FINFISH OBSERVATIONS The 1982 underwater finfish observational study began on 6 May with l

results being reported through 30 June. Survey stations were identical to those in 1981 (Figure 5).

Stations Si and S2 were 1 cated in areas of 1

l stunted algal growth, D1 and D2 in the direct path of the thermal discharge, 1

l m' and C1 and C2 were controls. Linear distances between stations are indicated on Figure 5).

1 l

l Five finfish species (pollock, cunner, tautog, Atlantic cod and striped 1

bass) were recorded during diving observations (Table 18 ). No fish were noted I 11 I

I I

I PNPS Discharge I

Si Di C1 I

A - 60' ,A' SO' A g

( ~

E 60' 120' A S2 C2 4

A l D2 MLW

~

Breakwater

/

7

. /

x

+

I

\ l l

l

.'igure 5. Finfish observational diving s'tations a: PNPS, 1 1982.

I I

I I Table 18. Occurrence of finfish species at each observational station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

Species Stations 1 2 1 2 1 2 I Pollachius virens (pollock)

+ + +

Tautogolabrus adspersus + + + + + +

I (cunner)

Tautoga onitis + + + +

(tautog)

Gadus morhua + +

(cod)

Morone saxatilus +

(striped bass)

I Table 19. Surface and bottom water temperatures (C) at each observa-tional station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

l l 6 May 21 June 30 June Station Surface Bottom Surface Bottom Surface Bottom S

1 18.0 11.0 -

14.4 21.0 14.O S2 17.5 11.0 -

14.4 16.0 12.0 i D1 18.0 10.0 22.0 14.4 22.0 16.0 l

D2 21.0 11.0 22.0 16.7 22.0 16.0 C

1 18.0 11.0 -

14.4 22.0 16.0 C

2 16.0 12.0 -

14.4 22.0 16.0 I

I

I Approximate numbers of finfish species that occurred at each I

Table 20.

observational station from 6 May through 30 June, 1982.

I Station 6 May 21 June 30 June Approximate total for all dates combined Pollock S

I S Dy D

3 3 Cy

4 14 18 1 C 2

8 5 g 34 Cunner S

8 27 35 y

S 2

3 14 17 I D D

C 2

25 35 6

25 125 22 160 50 28 I 10 C 5 15 2

305 Tautog 1

D

1 4 5 y

I D Cy 2

12 2

10 1

22 3

30 Cod S

S, D

10 10 C

l 1

Cf 1 11 I S y

Striped bass 2 ,

6 6 C

C 6

, es.r auoms at m sta m m ems eat..

I

I at the three stations surveyed during our first dive of 6 May. Surface and bottom water temperatures from May-June ranged from 16.0-22.0 C and 10.0 -

16.7 C, respectively (Table 19).

Cunner was the only species observed at all stations at least once.

The majority (69%) were sighted at Stations Dy and D . Lengths ranged from 2

approximately 5-20 cm (TL).

Pollock were observed in the control and stunted zones. Most (91%)

were seen in the control zone. Sizes were estimate ' to range.from 10-38 cm (TL).

Tautog were most often sighted at Station D2 but were also observed, although in fewer nunbers, at Stations Di and C1 (Table 20 ). Sizes ranged from about 20-50 cm (TL). The largest individual,approximately 50 cm, occurred at Station D 2' Six striped bass were observed on one occasion at Station D2. They ranged in size from approximately 35-40 cm (TL). Several young-of-the-year Atlantic cod, approximately 5 cm in length, were sighted at Stations D1 and I C , on 30 June (Table 20).

1 Most finfish species displa;ed an apparent attraction to the thermal effluent, but none exhibited an abnormal appearance or behavior pattern.

!To signs of gas bubble disease were evident.

SUMMARY

Over 1200 lobsters were sampled during this reporting period. The mean legal catch for May declined from last year, but the catch rate for June was the highest ever recorded. Ovigerous females comprised 2.7% of the total catch; this represents a notable decline from last year. Approximately 59% of I 12 I i

I the ovigerous females were of sublegal size. Mean catch rates for lobsters captured during otter and nearshore trawling have continued to increase, indi-I cating an increase in abundance of lobster on sand substrate.

I Fewer rakers this year contributed to r-luced effort and landings; however, rakers obtained more moss per unit effort due to less competition. The mean harvest rate was the third highest recorded since study inception. Greatest effort and highest landings were recorded from Zone 2 (White Horse Beach). A comparison of Zone 1 (control) and Zone 5 (discharge) revealed that landings, effort,and mean harvest rate were greater in Zone 1.

Catches of all dominant groundfish in the otter trawl were low in winter; water temperature was a determinant of fish distribution in the area sampled.

Winter flounder and skates ranked first and second in abundance. The largest numbers of both species were capture.d at Station 1 (Warren Cove). Longhorn sculpin and ocean pout were captured in small quantities. Sculpin abundance indices have been on the upswing since 1978 while those for ocean peut have generally been decreasing since study inception. Mean CPUE values for window-pane and yellowtail flounder declined from last year. The value for window-l I pane was the lowest since 1974, and for yellowtail flounder, the lowest of the entire study.

Nearshore trawl tows were extended to 15 minutes to improve accuracy of data. Winter flounder and skates ranked first and second in abundance with l the largest concentrations occurring at Station 1. All species of finfish cap-tured by nearshore trawl were also caught in the otter trawl; however, the latter effort obtained nine additional species. Winter flounder and little skate ranked first and second with both gear types, but percent catch compo-sition of these species differed.

j 13 l

l l

l I

A new species - a male basking shark, was captured in the gill net at Station 2. Mean CPUE increased 22% over last year's value at Station 1 but decreased 32% at Station 2. In the five smaller panels, pollock was the ecst abundant species captured at Station 1, but Atlantic herring was most abundant at Station 2. In the two largest panels, tautog was captured in the greatest numbers at both stations. Variations in finfish abundance patterns possibly reflect natural population fluctuations.

Atlantic silverside was the dominant species collected in the haul seine.

Shrimp (Crangon spp.) were the most abundant invertebrates seined. Water temperatures were lower in March and April than last year and apparently affected total catch, resulting in reduced numbers of fish taken. Fish were captured only during April in the intake embayment. The largest single catch of a species was taken at White Horse Beach in early April.

Five species of finfish were observed during underwater finfish obser-vations; however only one species - cunner, was observed at all stations.

Most species displayed an attraction to the thermal effluent, but noneexhibited an abnormal appearance or behavior pattern,and no signs of gas bubble disease were evident.

I I

I 14 I

I ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We acknowledge the contributions of Clare Kudera for phases of field sampling and data synthesis. Special thanks are extended to Beth Amaral and James Barrett for deftly assisting in our diving program. We extend much appreciation to Eleanor Bois and Marie Callahan for typing this report and to Leigh Bridges for editing the final manuscript.

I I

I E

I I

I 15 I - _ _

I LITERATURE CITED Bigelow, H.B., and W.C. Schroeder. 1953. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine. U.S.

Fish and Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. (53):577 p.

Fairbanks, R.B., W.S. Collings, and W.T. Sides. 1972. Progress report upon studies to evaluate possible effects of the Pilgrim Steam Generating Station upon the marine environment. Summary Report (March 1969-December 1971). Division of Marine Fisherier., Boston, Mass.

Lawton, R. , P. Brady, C. Sheehan, M. Bor gatti, J. Egan, H. Davis, and B. Doyle.

1980. Progress Report on studies to evaluate possible effects of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on the marine environment. Project Report No. 30.

In: Marine Ecology Studies Related to Operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No. 17. Boston Edison Company, Boston, Mass.

I I

I I;

I I

Il I!

16 I

I I

I .

I I .

!I I .

I Appendix A.

Summary of Lobster Pot Catch Data January - June, 1982.

l f

I I

m M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M lta t io

Sarn-pling # or Total Sub Legals Catch Sub-Days Pots Catch Male l'eiius le Legals legals L:r gers / Pot / Pot Le e,al s : l er.a ls :l:e ge rs F-13 1 5 6 1 5 1 5 0 0.2 1.2 1.0 5.0 0.0 P-14 l 2 30 68 26 42 15 52 1 0.5 2.3 1.0 3.5 0.1 F-15 1 3 9 5 4 1 8 0 0.3 3.0 1.0 8.0 0.0 l

G-10 j 1 8 15 2 13 4 11 0 0.5 1.9 1.0 2.8 0.0 l

1 G-13 i 3 13 39 22 17 9 30 0 0.7 3.0 1.0 3.3 0.0 i G-14 3 36 123 55 68 19 102 2 0. 5 3.4 1.0 5.4 0.1 l

G-15 1 7 21 9 12 2 19 0 0.3 3.0 1.0 9.5 0.0 l

H-11 1 4 10 5 5 1 9 0 0.2 2.5 1.0 9.0 0.0 i

I-11 l 1 7 8 5 3 3 5 0 0.4 1.1 1.0 1.7 0.0 l I-12 1 5 1 1 0 1 0 0 0.2 0.2 1.0 0.0 0.0 i

i e

)

it. i t i o

>asa-p1ing # or Tctal Sub 1.ega 1 : Cateh :hil -

Days Pots Catch Male l'eus t l e Legals legals Envers / Pot /l'ot 1.e eal s : J era l s :1:e.> c ru l

i J-1 1 17 34 13 21 7 25 2 0.4 2.0 1.0 3.6 0.3 J-2 1 17 19 6 13 4 15 0 0.2 1.1 1.0 3.8 0. 0 i J-9 f 2 22 61 14 47 13 44 4 0.6 2.8 1.0 3.4 0.3 I

! K-3 1 32 26 5 21 5 19 2 0.2 0.8 1.0 3.8 0.4 l K-8 4

1 7 22 8 14 8 14 0 1.' 3.1 1.0 1.8 0.0 K-9 l 2 59 139 45 94 24 108 7 0.4 2.4 1.0 4.5 0.3 1

1 K-10 2 24 43 15 28 7 36 0 0.3 1.8 1.0 5.1 0.0 L-9 1 24 55 17 38 17 36 2 0.7 2.3 1.0 2.1 0.1 L-10 1 15 20 7 13 7 12 1 0.5 1.3 1.0 1.7 0.1 M-8

! 1 8 17 5 12 3 14 0 0.4 2.1 1.0 4.6 0.0 l

l l

t .

1 1

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

M M M M M M M (M M M M M M M M M M M i

1 1

Ratiu l # Sone-i pling # of Total Sub Legals Catch Sub-l Days Pots Catch Male renale Legals legals Egge r's / Pot / Pot Leget1s: legals:Ergets M-10 1 8 15 3 12 5 8 2 0.6 1.9 1.0 1.6 0.4 i

l'- 8 1 16 31 12 19 11 20 0 0.7 1.9 1.0 1.8 0.0 l'

N-9 1 8 12 4 8 5 7 0 0.6 1.5 1.0 1.4 0.0 l N-10 j 1 11 24 6 18 8 16 0 0.7 2.2 1.0 2.0 0.0 i

1 1

N-12 1 2 2 0 2 1 1 0 0. 5 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0-9 1 48 62 16 46 22 36 4 0.5 1.3 1.0 1.6 0.2 i

0-10 Ji 2 25 35 12 23 13 'el 1 0.5 1.4 1.0 1.6 0.1 0-11 1 10 8 4 4 3 5 0 0.3 0.8 1.0 1.7 0.0 0-12 1 5 4 1 3 1 3 0 0.2 0.8 1.0 3.0 0.0 l

2 l

l l

j

i 1

l 1

l l Iu tic l # Son -

I pling # of Total Sub Legals Catch Sub-

]

Days Pots Catch Male Feniale Legals legals Eggers / Pot / Pot Legals: legals: Eggers l 0-13 l 1 9 12 4 8 7 5 0 0.8 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.0 1

P-8 1 4 4 0 4 1 3 0 0.2 1.0 1.0 1J 0. 0 i

i P-10 1 6 12 3 9 1 11 0 0.2 2.0 1.0 11.0 0.0 P-11 i 1 23 24 5 19 10 14 0 0.4 1.0 1.0 1.4 0.0 P-12

, 1 19 28 4 24 14 13 1 0.7 1.5 1.0 0.9 0.1 Q-12 1 7 9 4 5 2 7 0 0.3 1.3 1.0 3.5 0.0 l Q-13 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Cole's !! ole l 3 123 207 67 140 50 153 4 0.4 1.7 1.0 3.1 0.1 1

1

) Faunce's Ledge j 1 10 16 4 12 3 12 1 0.3 1.6 1.0 4.0 0.3 I

i i

I E $ E E O E E E N U E E E E i

I I

I BENTHIC STUDIES IN THE VICINITY OF PILGRIM STATION iI I

I I

Report No. 20 Setember 1981 - August 1982 I

I I

I Prepared by:

TAXON, Inc.

50 Grove Street Salem, Massachusetts 01970 I

I I

I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page List of Tables v List of Figures vii i I

List of Appendices viii

1. EXECUTIVE

SUMMARY

l 1.1 Studies Indicating No PNPS Impact 2 1.2 Studies Suggesting Possible PNPS Impact 3 1.3 Studies Indicating PNPS Impact 4

2. INTRODUCTION 6

3. METHODS 8 3.1 Benthic Sampling Methods 8 3.1.1 Benthic Sampling Stations 8 3.1.2 Sampling Stations 8 3.1.3 Laboratory Procedures 10 5 3.1.3.1 Faunal Material 10 3.1.3.2 Algal Material 12 I 3.1.4 Statistical Analysee 3.2 Transect Study Methods 13 14

4. FAUNA 16 4.1 Systematics 16 4.2 Community Structure 16 4.2.1 Species Richness 16 4.2.2 Faunal Density 20 4.2.3 Individual Species 24 l

4.3 Species Dominance 26 4.4 Community Overlap 28 4.5 Species Diversity 31

(

4.6 Classification Analysis 31

5. ALGAE 35 5.1 Algal Systematics 35

' ^'*"' """" """"'* "

I~

11

I TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

Page 5.3 Algal Community Overlap 36 5.4 Algal Biomass 40 5.4.1 Chondrus crispus Biomass 40 5.4.2 Phyllophora spp. Biomass 48 5.4.3 Biomass of the Remaining Benthic Species 52 5.4.4 Biomass of the Epiphytic Species 54 5.4.5 Total Algal Biomass 59 5.4.6 Chondrus/Phyllophora Condition Index Study 61

6. NATURE AND EXTENT OF DENUDED AND STUNTED AREAS IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE DISCHAME 65 6.1 Introduction 65 6.2 August 1981 Configuration 65 6.3 March 1982 Configuration 67 6.4 May 1982 Configuration 67 g

6.5 June 1982 Configuration 70 W 6.6 Variation in Impact Zone Configuration 70

7.

SUMMARY

73 7.1 Faunal Summary 73 7.1.1 Systematics 73 7.1.2 Community Structure 73 7.1.2.1 Species Richness 73 7.1.2.2 Faunal Density 73 7.1.2.3 Individual Species 73 7.1.3 Species Dominance 74 7.1.4 Community Overlap 74 7.1.5 Species Diversity 74 7.1.6 Classification Analysis 74 7.2 Algal Summary 75 7.2.1 Algal Systematics 75 7.2.2 Algal Community Description 75 7.2.3 Algal Community Overlap 75 7.2.4 Algal Biomass 76 m g

I TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

Page 7.2.4.1 Chondrus crispus Biomass 76 7.2.4.2 Phyllophora spp. Biomass 76 7.2.4.3 Biomass of the Remaining Benthic Species 77 7.2.4.4 Biomass of the Epiphytic Species 78 7.2.4.5 Total Algal Biomass 79 7.2.4.6 Chondrus/Phy11ophora Condition Index Study 79 7.3 Nature and Extent of Denuded and Stunted Areas 80 7.3.1 August 1981 Configuration I 7.3.2 March 1982 Configuration 80 80 7.3.3 May 1982 Configuration 80 7.3.4 June 1982 Configuration 30 LITERATURE CITED 82 I

APPENDICES 84 5

I lE I

!I

,8 I

I I

iv

I LIST OF TABLES Table Page

1. Faunal species richness (S), f aunal density with (N), and without (N') gtilus edulis, August 1981 and Ma rch 1982. 17

2. Results of ANOVA on replicate densities of ten individual species. August 1981 and March 1982. Calculated statistical g

3 probability shown for tests indicating significant differ-ences. ns = not significant. 25 3a. Numerical dominance of faunal species, August 1981. 27 3b. Numerical dominance of faunal species, March 1982. 29

4. Community overlap (Jaccard's Coefficient of Community) by replicate, August 1981 and March 1982. 30

5. Information theory diversity values by replicate and for m2 data, August 1981 and March 1982. 32

6. Algal community overlap a) between replicates, and b) be-tween stations for August 1981 and March 1982 at the Manoret Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations. 37

7. Algal community overlap between the August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations. 39

8. Algal community overlap between current (August 1981 and g March 1962) and previous collecting periods for the Manomet B Point, Rocky Point, and Ef fluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations. 39

9. Dry weight biomass values (g/m ) for Chondrus crispus. l P_hyllophora h spp., the remaining benthic species, total W epiphytic biomass, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981. 41

10. Dry weight biomass values (g/m ) for Chondrus crispus, Phy11ophora spp., the remaining benthic species, total epiphytic biomass, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for March 1982. 42

~

11. Results of one-way anal'/ sis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment for location effects on Chondrus crispus, Phyl- E lophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of g Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass from replicate samples of a) August 1981, and b) March 1982. 45 I

~

E

I LIST OF TABLES (continued)

Table Page

12. Results of one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical I treatment for location effects on Chondrus crispus, Phyl-lophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass from replicate samples of the composite collections of Oc-I tober 1975 through March 1982. 46 I 13. Results of one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment for short-term period effects (August 1981 and March 1982 vs. August 1980 and March 1981) on Chondrus I crispus, Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Ef-fluent stations. 47

14. Dry weight biomass values (g/m2) for Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of I Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the current (August 1981 and March 1982) and previous year's (August 1980 and March 1981) collections. 49

15. Dry weight biomass for a) epiphytes of Chondrus crispus, and b) epiphytes of Phyllophora spp. for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 1982. 55 E

16. Colonization values for a) Chondrus crispus, and b) Phyl-

' I lophora spp, for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 62

( , 1982.

i 17. Condition index values for Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora l spp. for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point sub-63 I

tidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 1982.

I I

.I I

vi

I LIST OF FIGURES Figure Page

1. Location of Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point rock.

substratum subtidal (10' MLW) stations. 9

2. Rock substratum airlift sampling device. 11

3. Species richness at rock stations for the period September 1979 through March 1982. Values for October 1980 through March 1982 corrected to three replicates. 19

4. Fau".al densities (per m ) for the period October 1980 r*arough March 1982. 21 2

5. Faunal densities (per m ) excluding Mytilus edulis for the period September 1979 through March 1982. 22 2

6. Mytilus edulis densities (per m ) at rock stations for the period September 1979 through March 1982. 23

7. Normal (Q- mode) similarity dendrogram, replicate data for August 1981 and March 1982. Analysis by program BMDP2M, Bray-Curtis similarity coefficient, UPGMA clustering. 34

8. Configuration of denuded and stunted zones, August 1981. 66 I

9. Configuration of denuded and stunted zones, March 1982. 68

10. Configuration of denuded and stunted zones, May 1982. 69

11. Configuration of denuded and stunted zones, June 1982. 71.

I I

Il,

.11 I

I !

l I LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix Page la. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of I species per m 2 ) faunal data for Rocky Point, August 1981. 84 I

lb. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2 ) faunal data for Effluent, August 1981. 87 lc. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2 ) faunal data for Manomet Point, August 1981. 90 2a. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (nuubers of species per m2) faunal data for Rocky Point, March 1982. 93 2b. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2 ) faunal data for Effluent, March 1982. 95 2c. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of_

species per m 2 ) faunal data for Manomet Point, March 1982. 97

3. Algal species collected from the replicate samples of the Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for the August 1981 collecting period. 99

4. Algal species collected from the replicate samples of the I

Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for the March 1982 collecting period. 101 I

I I

I lI I

.I viii

l I

1. EXECUTIVE

SUMMARY

This report presents the results of benthic monitoring studies de-I signed to assess the effects of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) Unit One thermal discharge on marine faunal and floral communities. The data contained herein were based upon field observations and quantitative ben-I thic samplings performed between September 1981 and August 1982. All data were analyzed and interpreted with respect to possible PNPS impact.

Current data were also compared with those reported for prior years' mon-itoring efforts.

A community approach has been utilized, whenever possible, in order to permit quantitative measurements of such diverse community parameters as species richness, faunal densities, diversity, and algal community structure. Statistical analyses of quantitative data allowed evaluation of community overlap and other parameters which delineated the degree of similarity between the control (Rocky Point and Manomet Point) and expe-I rimental (Ef fluent) stations. In addition to a community approach, spe-cific representative species were also monitored. However, since the value of individual species as indicators of stress is often limited, I this approach comprised only a minor aspect of the entire study.

The fauna and flora which have been found in the PNPS area represent I a diverse arctic-boreal assemblage. Many of the species are near the southern limit of their geographical distribution, and are found infre-quently, if at all, south of Cape Cod Bay. These species are presumed to be less resistant to thermal stress, and are therefore observed as poten-tial indicators of environmental impact.

The marine environment surrounding PNPS primarily consists of two major substratum types, rock and sand. The intertidal zone, together with the shallow subtidal (less than' 20 feet), is primarily rock. Sand predominates in the deeper areas, as well as in areas to the north and south of the study arca. The Effluent experimental site was located within the path of the discharge plume while the Rocky Point and Manomet Point control sites were located 0.3 nm (nautical miles) north and 2.0 nm south respectively from the Effluent site. The control sites were chosen I to resemble the experimental station, especially with respect to exposure and substratum type. However, as there will always be some differences in substrate type and exposure, the three sites were not identical.

1

I Faunal analyses included determination of species richness, faunal density, species dominance, community overlap, diversity, and multivar-inte classification techniques. Algal analyses consisted of community overlap, species biomass, and plant and animal colonization of Chondrus and Phyllophora.

For each parameter, the experimental station was compared with the control stations. Current data were also compared with previous years' data in order to detect intermediate to long-term changes in the faunal and algal communities at all stations. The results of the analyses can be separated into three groups:

A. Studies indicating no PNPS impact B. Studies suggesting possible PNPS impact C. Studies indicating PNPS impact 1.1 Studies Indicating No PNPS Impact Directly beyond the mouth of the discharge there is a denuded zone where strong current in combination with elevated temperatures inhibits normal benthic community development. 'le are interested mainly in the area immediately beyond this zone, where the biota are influenced solely by the thermal component of the plume. PNPS discharges cooling water I

with a nominal maximum temperature of 37*C and a maximum AT of 16.2*C W (Marcello , 1975) ; however, the temperatures reaching the benthos at the Effluent study site are considerably lower due to plume detachment from the bottom and rapid mixing with ambient water. A maximum AT of 7.0*C was determined for the Effluent ten foot rock station (BECo Benthic Map Study, 1980).

Although obvious degradation in various population parameters has been noted at the Effluent station in comparison to the Rocky Point and Manomet Point controls, these appear to be restricted to relatively discrete faunal components or to times when the Effluent station is in- ;

cluded within the near-field stunted zone described in previous reports, i The results of the classification analyses, which consider the entire population simultaneously, have tended to confirm very minor impacts at El W

this location due to PNPS operation except when the station site is within the spatially-limited acute impact zone, when impacts are more obvious.

2 I:

I Algal community overlap analyses indicated that the species composi-tion of the Effluent, Manomet Point, and Rocky Point populations was highly similar. The high degree of overlap between the three stations in-dicated a lack of discharge impact. Algal biomass differences between the Effluent and control stations for the category " remaining benthic species" were not statistically significant for either the August 1981, March 1982, or composite October 1979 through March 1982 data. In addition, no sig-I nificant differences between Effluent and control stations were found for either Chondrus or Phyllophora epiphytic biomass. Results of the Condi-I ition Index study also showed no appreciable differences in epiphytic and faunal infestation levels between experimental and control stations for either Chondrus or Phyllophora.

1.2 Studies Suggesting Possible PNPS Impact Throughout this program, the pattern of change in faunal population parameters at the Effluent 10' station has presented an inconclusive picture of potential PNPS impact at this site. A recent intensive study of acute near-fi 1d S impacts of the PNPS discharge (McGrath, 1980) found I that the location of the Effluent 10' station is near the seaward limit of the area where impacts of the PNPS dischaige may be readily observed.

Given the expected variation in extent of the acute impact area and the

! inherent variability in relocation of the Effluent station over the course of several years, it is probable that this station has at times been within the impact area while at other times it has been beyond it.

This may well be responsible for much of the variability in population parameters seen in this area.

l Species richness and population density data, as well as density data for Mytilus edulis, have all appeared to indicate impacts of PNPS at the Effluent station in some previous samplings. Species richness is a very stable and conservative parameter throughout the area except at I the Effluent, and it appears that the marked variation at Effluent is an ef fect of PNPS, though the usual high variability has not been so evident in recent data. For the March 1982 data, however, species richness at Effluent was identical with that recorded at Rocky Point.

We have noted previously, but not for the most recent data, that I perhaps due to the decreased algal cover in the area, the Effluent sta-

I tion supports greater settlement of juvenile mussels than either Rocky Point or Manomet Point. This has had an effect on the remaining popula-tion parameters producing increased overall population densities and, due to decreased evenness, depressed diversity index values. When the Mytilus data are removed from the data set, these discrepancies are often no long-E er apparent, and for some collections, including both samplings in the current year, no differences in Mytilus populations were evident.

1.3 Studies Indicating PNPS Impact The most obvious impacts of PNPS on the benthic marine environment are the denuded and stunted areas immediately seaward of the discharge l canal jetties. The nature and extent of these areas have been fully dis-cussed in previous reports, and the current samplings provide little ad-ditional information on their present condition. ;

1 Because of the restructuring of the monitoring program in 1981, it is possible to use the statistical resolution provided by five replicates at three stations to extract more quantitative conclusions from the data set. In August, the Effluent site supported significantly fewer species than the controls; this was assumed to be directly related to the PNPS discharge. A similar pattern was found for faunal density and it was again evident that the decrease in number of organisms at the Effluent was due to PNPS operation. This was true for the general population both with and without the faunal dominant, Mytilus edulis, and for the Mytilus densities alone.

For the August data, four of the ten individual species whose abun-dances have been monitored were found to be significantly less abundant at the Effluent station. In previous reports we have only considered those species for which there were significant differences between Effluent and both control sites to be indicative of a reduction in density due to PNPS g

operation. Because of differences between the two controls, this pattern W was not shown by any of the four species although the data were generally suggestive of PNPS impact. Two of the species (Margarites umbilicalis and Pleusymtes glaber) have been definitely impacted for the last several collections and these again are believed to be responding to the PNPS discharge.

I I

I In March, however, the patterns described for August were no longer evident and there were no demonstrable differences in population parame-ters or in densities of individua3 species between the Effluent and the controls. The only significant differences seen were between Manomet Point, which had unusually high populations in March, and the remaining I two stations.

Algal biomass studies showed that Chondrus biomass was significantly lower at Effluent than at Manomet Point and Rocky Point for both the August 1981 and March 1982 collections, as well as for the composite data I of October 1975 through March 1982. Effluent also showed significantly higher Phyllophora biomass than control stationo for the August 1981 and composite data of October 1975 through March 1982. This pattern has also consistently emerged from previous years' data. It is hypothesized that increased scouring associated with the higher current velocity and sedi-mentation of the discharge plume is at least partly responsible for the lowered Chondrus density at Effluent. The reduced Chondrus density, in turn, permits increased colonization by Phyllophora, a species considered I to be more resistant to scouring effects. Effluent also showed signifi-cantly lower total algal biomass than control stations for both the cur-rent and composite data. The lower Effluent biomass is primarily a re-flection of reduced Chondrus biomass.

I Representatives of the warm-water algal species Gracilaria foliifera and Bryopsis plumosa were encountered only at the Effluent station. Both species have frequently been collected at Effluent in previous years, but have never been recorded from control stations. The continued occurrence of these species at Effluent is judged to be a direct effect of PNPS ther-mal discharge.

I I

I 5

I

2. INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of the most recent series of benthic monitoring surveys performed to assess the impact of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) Unit I thermal effluent on the inshore benthic community.

PNPS is a 655MW" nuclear steam-electric generating station located on the northwest shore of Cape Cod Bay, five miles southeast of Plymouth Harbor, Massachusetts. The algal and faunal data presented and analyzed in this report were derived from field collections conducted in August 1981 and March 1982.

A re-evaluation of the benthic monitoring program was undertaken in I the summer of 1981. Several revisions in both the overall scope and the immediate objectivec of the existing program were proposed by the Benthic Subcommittee of the Pilgrim Administrative Technical Committee (PACT).

All PACT recommendations were subsequently adopted by the Boston Edison Company, and have been incorporated into the current benthic program. The adopted modifications include:

(1) Adoption of a semiannual (August 1981 and March 1982) benthic sampling schedule (benthic sampling had been conducted four times per year from September 1974 through June 1981) .

(2) Re-establishment of Manomet Point as an active benthic survey control station (hanomet Point had served as a control station from September 1974 through June 1980; from September 1980 through June 1981, Manomet Point samples were collected to be archived only).

(3) Decreasing the number of replicate samples - from six to five - En to be collected in each sampling period at each benthic survey station (three replicates per station were collected from September 1974 through June 1980, and six replicates were taken from September 1980 through June 1981).

(4) Initiation of diver transect surveys to be performed in August and December, 1981 and March and June, 1982 to assess the effects of PNPS cooling water discharge on near-field benthic communities.

All of the above modifications were put into effect with the August 1981 collections.

6 I

I The primary analytical technique used throughout this program has been a community structure approach; however, specific data on algal biomass, doninant faunal and algal species, and densities of selected I faunal species were also investigated. All data were analyzed and com-pcred with data from previous samplings and with contrcl station results.

I Final identification and analysis of all faunal material was super-vised by Dr. Allan D. Michael and Richard McGrath. Initial sorting of I samples was accomplished under the direction of Jan White. Algal taxon-omy and analysis was supervised by Walter Grocki. All personnel involved with the compilation of this report were active participants in all as-pects of the program.

I I

I 7

I _ . _ _ _ . ..

I

3. METHODS 3.1 Benthic Sampling Methods The benthic sampling methods currently in use for the 1981 through 1982 survey period have evolved from a sampling strategy originally devised and implemented by TAXON, Inc. in September 1974. In 1981, a re-evaluation of the benthic program led to the adoption of several changes in sampling stations and sampling methods (see Section 2). All ,

modifications were put into effect with the August 1981 collections.

3.1.1 Benthic Sampling Stations Sampling and observation of benthic ' faunal and algal communities was conducted in August 1981 and March 1982 at three rock-substratum stations:

Effluent, Manomet Point and Rocky Point (Figure 1). All stations were located at a depth of 10' (MLW). The Effluent station has been designated the near-field experimental site, and is located directly seaward of the center line of the dischagre canal. The Rocky Point station is located approximately 0.25 nautical miles (nm) northeast of the Effluent site.

Originally, Rocky Point served as a far-field experimental site; however, the absence of any evidence suggesting discharge related effects at this station strongly indicated that it would function well as a control site.

The Manomet Point station, which has traditionally served as a control site, is located approximately 2.0 nm south of the Effluent site.

Precise station locations were originally established using line-of sight positioning techniques, with highly visible structures located on the shore serving as the reference points. The Rocky Point station was established by lining up the microwave relay tower with the off-gas stack.

The Effluent site was identified as the center line between the two discharge jetties, and the Manomet Point site was originally fixed by lining up the two southernmost telephone poles on top of Manomet Point.

Station relocation techniques are sufficiently reliable to insure that all sampling occurs within a radius of 25-50 meters of the originally g established station locations. W 3.1.2 Sampling Methods All sampling was performed by a team of SCUBA diver-biologists operating from a 23-foot outboard. Sampling equipment consisted of an 8

I I

PLwCUM N I J CAPE COD.

I s s

i ,

3 s I CAPE COD BAY I :n.

I ..,

O..

Effluent Pilgrim Station

i 1 nautical mile ;

-th

, j, I

Y !

i .s..

Mi? .g '

. Po nt a.51 G o.: .

'e'o

' .. ^*

? .$.y .b *~ - .n.

'ea :

., .P' ,

a *o- s?: ~;- .* .cx.*.0 .

0:

{ h o_

0 e

'.' { '

, ?[- ,

. .I o.

fff 3

, an SD 5 ~ n ., .

g6 6*c ? os . e Figure 1. Location of the Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point subtidal (10' MLW) rock-substratum stations.

9 i

l t

I airlif t sampling device and a (33cm2 ) metal pipe-frame quadrat (Figure 2).

The use of the pipe-frame quadrat insured that a uniform surface area of 1089 cm was consistently sampled from each rock. A standard SCUBA tank supplied the suction necessary for the operation of the airlift device.

Upon determination that the precise location of a station had been reached, divers descended to the bottom with the sampling equipment and randomly chose large, flat-surfaced rocks or boulders for sampling.

Smaller rocks with less than twice the surface area of the quadrat were eliminated from sampling considerations because of their increased g

susceptibliity to movement and dislodgement during harsh storms and the =

resultant destabilization of the resident communities. The quadrat was placed on the surface of a selected rock, and the airlift device was positioned a few inches directly above the quadrat. The SCUBA tank valve was opened, releasing pressurized air through a connector hose and into the airlift device. All attached plant and animal material within the quadrat was then cut free of the rock substrate with a scraper. The material was uplifted into the airlift device by the force of the rising air, and was deposited in a 0.05mm mesh bag affixed to the top of the device. When all biota had been removed from the substrate and lifted into the mash bag, the bag was tied and stored, and a replacement bag was attached to the airlift device. The divers then located the next suitable rock and the sampling process was repeated. Five replicate samples were taken at each station.

3.1.3 Laboratory Procedures 3.1.3.1 Faunal Material I Samples were transported to the laboratory in their original mesh bags. In the laboratory, samples were transferred into Nalgene jars and fixed in a 10% formalin solution for at least 48 hours5.555556e-4 days 0.0133 hours 7.936508e-5 weeks 1.8264e-5 months . The algal and faunal fractions of each sample were then separated by washing the animals off the algae and into a 0.5mm retaining screen. The faunal fraction was preserved in a solution of 70% ethanol, and the algal fraction was returned to a 5% formalin solution.

The faunal fraction of each sample was stained with a solution of Il '

rose bengal and alcohol prior to processing. Processing of the samples was accomplished in two steps. Presorting enta' 'd the removal of all l

l

I l ._-- ...

l [ .i Removable Catch Bag of 0.5 mm. Nytex Mesh l f

!x. O Vaise to Regulate g ( .' Air Flow x

I Plastic Tube I Air Flow v

Standard Scuba Tank suction Created by Upward Flow of Air I

I I (33 cm2)P pe Frame to Delineate Quadrat I

I "*"" '

g u

I faunal material from the residue and the identification of specimens to major taxonomic groups. All identifications were performed using a binocular dissection scope with a magnification range of 7 to 40 power.

Due to the non-quantitative sampling of spirorbid worms and colonial ectoprocts, only qualitative representatives of these species were retained for identification. Species commonly exhibiting very high densities, such a Mytilus edulis and Hiatella arctica, were left in the residue to be. counted.

Final sorting was performed by experienced taxonomists using both binocular dissection and compound microscopes. Individual animals were identified to the species level whenever possible. A reference collec-tion consisting of representatives of all species encountered to date is maintained, and is continually updated as additional species are found.

~

3.1.3.2 Algal Material The algal component of each replicate sample was examined, using both a dissection and compound microscope, to determine the presence or absence of 38 indicator species. The relative abundance of each indi-cator taxon encountered was also noted for each sample. The indicator species currently under observation were originally chosen in Septemuer 1978, and were carefully selected from a listing of the several hundred algal species recorded from the Pilgrim I study sites in the 1974 - 1978 period. As a group, the indicator species include members of each.of the major algal families, and also include representatives of a variety of habitat types; the group includes all of the dominant species within the study area, the majority of the macrophytic species, and the most common epiphytic species. Although the indicator species constitute only a small fraction of the total number of species inhabiting the study area, they comprise by far the most substantial part of the algal com- 5 munity as measured by both percent cover and biomass.

The Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp. fractions of each replicate sample were examined to assess the degree of algal and faunal colonization of the host species. The algal colonizers were epiphytic species such as Spermothamnion repens, Ceramium rubrum, Cystoclonium purpureum, and Poly-siphonia spp.; the faunal colonizers were primarily the encrusing hydro-12 I

zoan and bryozoan species. Each Chondrus and Phyllophora replicate fraction was compared with a set of five reference samples which were I ranked in order of increasing levels of algal and faunal infestation.

Each fraction was then assigned the numerical value of the reference sample with which it most closely compared. Separate algal and faunal colonization indices were then determined for the Chondrus and Phylloph-ora populations of each station by summing the values assigned to the five replicate samples. The separate Chondrus and Phyllophora condition index values, which provide a measure of the total infestation (epiphytism and encrustation combined) of each species at each station, were obtained by adding together the separate colonization values for animal and plant colonization.

Dry weight biomass of each sample was determined for five separate algal fractions; Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and the remaining benthic species.

Total algal biomass was also determined. Each fraction was weighed on a I Mettler balance after drying for 72 hours8.333333e-4 days 0.02 hours 1.190476e-4 weeks 2.7396e-5 months in a standard drying oven set at 80*C.

I 3.1.4 Statistical Analyses The number of faunal individuals for each species was tallied on species lists, the sums for the five replicates added, and this numerical I data was then punched onto data cards. Data analysis was performed on the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (WHOI) VAX 11 computer.

Diversity coefficients, including the Brillouin and Shannon-Wiener formulas, were calculated on replicate data and on the combined data, and are presented graphically in the form of hierarchical dendrograms.

The diversities were calculated using the Program PRAREl and classification used the Virginia Institute program SPSTCI'. Community overlap of faunal species and of algal species was determined using Jaccard's coefficient of similarity (Grieg-Smith, 1964). The method used the formula ij CC = -

Ai+Aj -C)1 I

13

where C = the number of species shared by the two stations, Ag = the number of species at station 1, and A) = the number of species at station j.

This method of calculating overlap considers ~only the number of species in each sample and those shared. It does not take into account actual abundances of these species. Quantitative data was considered in the coefficient used to calculate similarity values as part of classification analysis.

3.2 Transect Study Methods A line was deployed perpendicularly across the mouth of the dis-charge jetty. The weighted transect line was attached to the center of this line and deployed along the main central axis of the discharge canal for 200 meters offshore. A third line, marked at one meter intervals, was deployed perpendicularly to the transect line by divers on the bottom, and oriented at 90* via compass. An experienced algologist transversed this third line underwater and recorded the distance from the center line at which the denuded area in the central path of the discharge changed to stunted algal growth, and also the precise point at which the algal cover became " normal". This was done every 10 meters, and on each side of the center line, until the offshore limit of the stunted zone was encountered.

Although we have used the term denuded to describe the central part of the impact area, this zone is not actually devoid of all algal cover.

Individual algal specimens are present, but these do not occur as clumps and are often confined to the sides of rocks. Characteristically warm-water species are also found in this central area. In appearance, this zone is similar to an early euccessional stage of new substratum where the most dominant feature is large patches of bare rock or rock covered with only a bacterial slime. Although the lack of algal cover precludes g

the presence of most benthic invertebrates, some species are able to W thrive in this type of situation. Chief among these are the mussels, which were present in clusters between rocks and also in dense mats on some rock surfaces. Other species which are attracted to the bare areas are Littorina (periwinkles) and Asterias (starfish) .

Our operational distinction between " denuded" and " stunted" was based on Chondrus. The denuded zone was defined as that area where Chcndrus m

3

occurs only as stunted plants restricted to the sides and crevices of rocks. No Chondrus is found on the upper surfaces of rocks in this area, I except where the microtopography of the rock surfaces creates small protected areas. In the stunted zone Chondrus is found on the upper surfaces of the rocks but is noticeably inferior in height., density, I and frond development. The normal zone was considered to begin at that point where these factors were typical for the depth and substratum in question, based upon our algologist's several years of experience in the Pilgrim Station area.

I I

I "

4. FAUNA 4.1. Systematics Analysis of the 15 replicate samples collected in August, 1981 added two species to the taxonomic list of Plymouth area benthic fauna developed by this program. Both new species are members of the Mollusca, Class Gastropoda, and were discussed in Semi-Annual Report No. 19.

The two new species, Skeneopsis planorbis and Sayella unifasciata, were not recorded from the March, 1982 quantitative sampling, nor were any other additional species new to the program.

4.2. Community Structure 4.2.1. Species Richness Species richness for the August 1981 and March 1982 samplings is presented in Table 1. As mentioned in the Methods section, the table includes data for Manomet Point, sampling at which was re-instated with the first collection in this contract year. Values for species per square meter represent cumulative numbers of species over all replicates (total 2

area sampled = 0.55m ) rather than mean values per replicate.

Also, since rate of addition of species is not linear with respect to increasing sample size, the values underrepresent the actual ' species I

E richness per square meter. Because the present program is based upon five replicate samples at each station, the m data are not directly comparable with earlier data developed from three and six replicate collections.

Manomet Point had the greatest overall species richness in August, containing a cumulative total of 95 species in the five replicates. Rocky Point was next highest with a total of 89 species, while Effluent sup-ported only 91 species among the five replicates.

A similar pattern is seen when the mean species per replicate is calculated for the three locations (Table 1). Rocky Point had the great-est per replicate richness with a mean of 60.0 species followed closely by Manomet Point at 58.8 species. Effluent again had markedly lower mean richness with 48.6 species per replicate.

The observed differences in mean number of species per replicate 16

Table 1: Faunal species richness (S), faunal density with (N) and without (N') Mytilis edulis; August, 1981 and March, 1982.

I August, 1981 March, 1982 Station / Replicate S N N' S N N' Rocky Point .

1 56 7,806 5,410 34 5,914 3,670 2 59 10,732 8,584 51 3,134 2,178 3 60 13,058 10,086 31 10,768 6,080 4 51 9,488 7,020 42 10,824 5,544 5 74 19,040 10,608 37 5,097 2,049 m -

110,422 76,602 - 65,630 35,850 Manomet Point 1 54 13,462 7,962 49 14,808 4.340 2 59 8,430 6,144 33 19,500 5,112 I 3 4

60 65 15,476 11,356 7,364 9,156 44 42 20,458 19,902 5,342 5,350 5 56 16,120 9,648 45 16,956 4,976 m -

119,091 73,967 - 168,265 46,132 Effluent 1 48 3,812 2,752 38 5,599 2,786 46 4,264 3,232 29 8,746 I

2 3,238 l

3 42 4,272 3,000 45 8,131 5,935 l

4 64 6,220 5,080 31 10,312 8,608

, 5 43 3,970 2,920 22 2,944 1,830 m -

34,784 31,194 -

65,621 37,770 I

iI I

I I

I 17

were tested via single-classificati'ln analysis of variance (ANOVA) (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969 p. 204) and 'ound to be marginally significant at .05 < p < .01.

Two a priori comparisons were planned prior to performing the ANOVA: Effluent vs. Rocky Point and Manomet Po' int and Rocky Point vs. Manomet Point. The appropriate respective hypotheses were 1) Is the experimental station significantly different form the two controls? and 2) Are the two controls significantly different from each other?

Using this procedure, it was determined that the Ef fluent supported significantly fewer species in August per replicate than the controls (p < .05) and there was no significant difference between the controls them- E selves.

For the March, 1982 collection, a similar pattern of total species at each site was evident: Manomet Point supported the most ' species (69) followed closely by Rocky Point at 64. The Effluent was considerably lower at only 54 species.

Mean species richness at all stations was markedly lower in March in comparison with August, following the previously described trend of decreasing numbers of species during the winter. Mean species per replicate was tested via a single-classification ANOVA in a manner similar to that performed for the August data and no significant difference was found among the three stations.

The pattern of variation in species richness since September, 1979 is shown in Figure 3. The values for October, 1980 to June, 1981 have been corrected from six to three replicates using the procedure of Gaufin, et al (1956) and the results from the August, 1981 and March, 1982 samplings were similarly reduced from five to three replicates. It is apparent that both Effluent and Rocky Point experienced a moderate increase in species richness in the fall of 1981 with a marked drop in richness occurring between then and March, 1982: this is the typical seasonal pattern that a we have identified in previous reports.

I I

18

M

_M *\ A gn i /

2 8

2

\ 3 8 g \ 9 1

\

\'g' g ,

\ h 4

s*\. \

i/

1 8 r a

c

/ 8 M M / h g

u

/ o r

' 1 h 8 t M 4 i /

6 9 7

s 9 1

M N 1

r e

m i /

8 b m

4 e

, t p

e

~ S

_ 1 d 8 o F i/ i

\ 1 r e

p N

\ e h

0 M N 8 t

r E i /

0 1 f o

/

_ s n

o

/ i t

/ 0 a g s i /

8 t s

M s.' 6 k

.\ c o

r g's 0 t

,N', 8 a i /

N 4 s

_ s

.N N e n

,\

M N h c

' s\ i 9

7 i

r

/ s M A. 2 1 i e

c e

P R P p s '- R E M E S A 9 S

,s .

A i 7

/ 3 9

e r

u g

M - - - - - i F

0 0 0 0 0

_ 0 9 8 7 6 1

_m

~*

m l

I 4.2.2. Faunal Density Values for densities of benthic macrofauna per replicate and per square meter for the October, 1980 through March, 1982 samplings are presented in Table 1 and Figure 4. Unlike the species richness data, these values are not sample size dependent and may be compared directly with previous years.

For the August, 1981 sampling, greatest faunal densities were found at Manomet Point, with nearly 120,000 organisms per m . Rocky Point also 2

had similarly elevated densities of approximately 110,000/m . Densities at Effluent were much reduced at only 35,000/m . This is a reversal of the normal pattern of greater densities at the Effluent site as described in Report No. 18 (BECO, 1981). For the March, 1982 sampling Manomet Point again had the highest faunal densities, with over 165,000 organisms per square meter. Rocky Point and Effluent had nearly identical densities E

3 of 65,000/m . This continues the somewhat anomalous pattern of depressed densities at Effluent in comparison with prior years and would probably be indicative of the most recent samplings being taken within the stunted zone described in previous reports except for the observation that the majority of these differences are due solely to mussels (N', Table 1).

Figure 5 shows the faunal density data with the large numbers of juvenile mussels (Mytilis edulis) excluded, and Figure 6 shows the number of Mytilis_ only. It is clear from these plots that the late summer sampling represents a seasonal low for mussel populations at the Effluent site and this is especially apparent in the present collection. When the mussel data are excluded from the density plots, the pattern of lower densities at Rocky Point and Manomet Point and greater densities at Effluent remains consistent, and the March 1982 data continue to support those conclusions.

The observed differences in faunal density data were examined via E

single-classification ANOVAs for overall density, density without mussels, E and density of mussels, respectively. As described above for the species richness data, two a_ priori comparisons (corresponding to ER vs. RP + MP, and RP vs. MP) were conducted for each ANOVA, with the null hypothesis being that of equality of means.

In all three cases for the August 1981 data, the ANOVA was significant at p < .01, indicating significant differences in mean faunal densities 20

M M M M M M M M M M M I

10 6,

l .A 4 ,

i A- - * -A ~ .p .C , .A l

10 5- E N / N. p '. A

% -a.

%s / -

N /

s N I N M

i 4 m RP 10 _

. ea j A MP j i 8 I I I I i a i i 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 10/80 1/81 4/81 6/Cl 8/81 3/82 f

Figure 4. Faunal densities (per m ) for the period September, 1979 through March, 1982.

1 I

I 6

10 _

m RP e ER A MP i

A

/

./ -

/ O 5

\. # - N 10- '

g N.

N

. 3.- N *--

s N .' - -g j s ,/ / - M / 's -

g*

g \ -

l n' s / N' s '*

l M 's/ \

1 i

4 10-i I 3 I I I I I I I I

! 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 10/80 1/81 4/81 6/81 8/81 3/82 i

Figure 5. Faunal densities (per m ) excluding Mytills edulis for the period September, 1979 through

! March, 1982.

l 1

1 l

l 1

i M M M M M M M M i

4 m M M M M M M M M M M M M i

6 10 _

l

,, A 5

10 - A 4-- A \ ,A

,/ g \ '

,/ 7 \

/ \ P ,

f'

/ / 'y\ / \ -

.' / , A'

'g \ \

g A'

f \

my

/ fs

/

, \g

\

e

\

g

/

/ ' s'

\

g

\r \

/

4~ a RP 'A 10 \

, ga k

i A MP 5 5 I I I I 1 l l 5 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 10/80 1/81 4/81 6/81 8/81 3/82 Figure 6. Mytilis edulis densities (per m ) at rock stations for the period September, 1979 through March, 1982.

i 2

L

among the three sites. Also in all cases in August, the comparisons between the Effluent and the combined controls was significant at p < .001 while the comparison between the controls was not significant. These results indicate that during August the Effluent station supported fewer benthic macrofaunal organisms than both Rocky Point and Manomet Point and suggests that the proximity of PNPS is in some way responsible for this effect, most likely through reduction in algal biomass, especially biomass of Chondrus crispus, as was noted in Semi-Annual Report No. 19.

For the March 1982 data an entirely different pattern was evident.

g For the total numbers of individuals and numbers of mussels, the overall =

ANOVA was significant at p < .001; however, the comparison between the g

Effluent and the combined controls was not significant. In addition, the E overall ANOVA for densities excluding mussels was not significant.

Inspection of the data revealed that the differences observed were due to a large settlement of mussels at Manomet Point which apparently did not occur at Rocky Point and Effluent. Because the faunal pattern at the two latter stations was identical, it is clear that this lack of settlement at Effluent is unrelated to operation of PNPS.

4.2.3. Individual Species Abundances of ten selected benthic species were examined for spatial patterns which might be related to operation of PNPS. The species selected for this analysis were chosen because of their overall abundance and/or importance in indigenous benthic communities in the Plymouth area or because of their potential effectiveness as " indicators" of adverse impact.

For each species, abundances were tested by means of a single-classification ANOVA followed by two a_ priori comparisons (ER vs. MP + RP, MP vs. RP). The purpose of the analysis was to detect species which had significantly lower densities at Effluent when compared with the combined control stations data and which occur in similar densities at the controls.

The assumption is that such a pattern of abundance would be related to PNPS operation. The summarized results of these analyses are presented in Table 2.

The results of this analysis for the August, 1982 data were discussed fully in the Semi-Annual Report No. 19 and indicated that none of the 24

Table 2: Results of ANOVA on replicate densities of ten individual species; August, 1981 and March, 1982. Calculated statistical probability shown for tests indicating significant differences.

ns = not significant.

August, 1981 Species ANOVA ER vs. MP + RP MP vs . PJ' 3

Jassa falcata p <.01 ns p <.01 Ischyrocerus anguipes ns .05 < p < .10 ns 1 3 Pleusymtes glaber p <.001 p < .001 p < .001 1 0 Capre11a penantis p <.01 p < .001 .05 < p < .10 3

Aeginina longicornis p <.001 p < .001 p < .01 Lacuna vincta ns ns ns 3

Margarites umbilicalis p < 001 p < .001 p < .05 3

Nereis pelagica ns ns p = .01 Capitella capitata ns ns ns 3

Asterias forbesi p <.001 p < .001 p < .05 March, 1982 Species ANOVA ER vs. MP + RP MP vs. RD Jassa falcata ns ns ns Ischyrocerus anguipes p < .001 p <.001 p <.001 3

Pleusymtes glaber p < .001 p < .001 p < .001 3

Caprella penantis p < .01 ns p < .001 3

Aeginina longicornis ns ns p <.001 3

I Lacuna vincta Margarites umbilicalis ns p < .01 ns p < .001 1

p < .001 p < . 01 3 ns ns p < . 01 I Nereis pelagica Capitella capitata ns ns 2

p < .001 3

Asterias forbesi p < .05 p < . 01 p <.001 Notes:

1. Mean density for MP + RP greater than Effluent.

2. Mean density for Effluent greater than MP + RP.

3. Mean density for MP greater than RP.

4. Mean density for RP greater than MP.

25

I selected species exhibited a pattern of abundance which would clearly indicate an effect of PNPS. Four species, however, had patterns which were suggestive of such a conclusion: Pleusymtes glaber, Caprella penantis, Aeginina longicornis and Margarites umbilicalis.

For the March, 1982 data there was again no single species whose pattern of abundance clearly indicated impacts due to PNPS operation.

This was apparently related to abnormally high densities of nearly all species at the Manomet Point station. Of the four species which had reduced densities at Effluent in March when compared with the control sites (Ischyrocerus anguipes, Pleusymtes glaber, Margarites umbilicalis and Asterias forbesi) all four also had significant differences in densities between the controls.

Two of the species with this abundance pattern, Margarites and Pleusymtes, have previously been identified as being reduced in abundance at the Effluent. Although the high densities at Manomet Point appear to be responsible for reducing the magnitude of this observation for March, it remains clear that abundances for these species in the Effluent area have been decreased, apparently as a result of PNPS operation.

4.3. Species Dominance The ten numerically dominant species at each station for the August 1981 sampling are shown in Table 3a. In spite of some differences in the order of dominance among the stations, the overall similarity in dominance structure is evident. Mytilis edulis and Caprella penantis were the most common species at all three sites, followed by a suite of amphipod species.

At both the Manomet Point and Rocky Point control sites, the gastropod Margarites umbilicalis and the bivalve Hiatella arctica were highly placed in the species list; these species were not among the dominants at Effluent, and this observation confirms the apparent impact of PNPS on E

W Margarites which has been discussed in previous reports.

The pattern of species dominance was tested for correlation between pairs of stations using Spearman's rho, a rank-correlation coefficient (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969). Despite the superficial similarity among the three rankings, none of the three possible station pairings was found W to be significantly correlated. It was noted in Semi-Annual Report No. 19 that this was an unusual result and was probably due only to random 26

Table 3 a. Numerical dominance of f aunal species, August 1981.

Station Species Number Percent Manomet Point Mytilus edulis 24,570 37.89 Caprella penantis 9,436 14.55 Hiatella arctica 4,184 6.45 I Margarites umbilicalis Pleusymtes glaber Jassa falcata 3,008 2,972 2,916 4.64 4.58 4.50 Idotea phosphorea 2,010 3.10 Corophium acutum 1,992 3.07 Calliopius laevisculus 1,524 2.35 Dexamine thea 1,364 2.10 I

Effluent Mytilus edulis 5,554 24.64 Caprella penantis 2,596 11.52 Idotea phosphorea 1,716 7.61 Dexamine thea 1,636 7.24 Corophium bonelli 1,176 5.22 Corophium acutum 1,140 5.06 I Jassa falcata Amphithoe rubricata Calliopius laevisculus 1,088 976 928 4.85 4.23 4.12 Hiatella arctica 779 3.46 Rocky Point Mytilus edulis 18,416 30.63 Caprella penantis 14,268 23.73 Dexamine thea 6,208 10.33 Margarites umbilicalis 5,140 8.55 Hiatella arctica 2,012 3.35 l

Corophium bonelli 1,844 3.07 l Idotea phosphorea 1,168 1.94 Corophium acutum 1,012 1.68 Amphithoe rubricata 984 1.64 l

Amphipoda juvenile 932 1.55 I

lI I 27

variation.

For the Fbrch, 1982 data (Table 3b), the pattern of dominance at all three stations was consistent, but notably different in some aspects than the August pattern. Mytilis edulis was again dominant at all three sites but Caprella penantis was markedly less common than in August, generally ,

placing near the middle of the 10 most common species. Jassa falcata was more common in March and Margarites and Hiatella did not appear in any of the rankings.

The March rankings data were tested for correlation in a manner identical to that described for August and all three possible pairings were found to be'significantly correlated. This marks a return to the pattern normally seen and indicates that the anomalous pattern in August did not persist between samplings.

4.4. Community Overlap Within-habitat community overlap was computed from replicate data of each station using Jaccard's Coefficient of Community (Grieg-Smith, 1964). This index is calculated as:

ij CC =

A +A -C where:

C = the number of species shared by the two stations, A = the number of species at station i, and A = the number of species at station j.

This index evaluates the similarity of two replicates using the species content only, without regard to the numeric distribution among the species.

Species abundances are considered in the classification analysis.

Within-habitat overlap values are shown by replicate for each station in Table 4. For both the August, 1981 and March, 1982 samplings, all three stations had mean replicate overlap of approximately 60%, indicating generally similar environmental homogeneity among the three sites. This value was somewhat low for the area, particularly for a late summer sampling (BECO, 1981), but was not sufficiently low to be considered anomalous.

?.8

Table 3b: Numerical dominance of faunal species, March 1982.

Station Species Number Percent Manomet Point Mytilis edulis 122,138 73.32 Jassa falcata 11,107 6.67 I Corophium acutum Lacuna vincta 8,742 6,413 5.25 3.85 Caprella penantis 5,987 3.59 I Ischyrocerus anguipes Calliopius laevisculus Dexamine thea 2,593 1,719 1,550 1.56 1.03

.93 Amphipoda juvenile 1,455 .87 Pontogeneia inermis 786 .47 Effluent Mytilis edulis 24,490 37.70 Jassa falcata 15,581 23.85 Lacuna vincta 6,136 9.39 Corophium acutum 5,781 8.85 Calliopius laevisculus 3,556 5.44 Caprella penantis 3,287 5.03 Corophium bonnelli 1,264 1.94 Amphipoda juvenile 1,242 1.90 I Dexamine thea Littorina littorea 1,212 590 1.96

.90 Rocky Point Mytilis edulis 27,673 42.17 Calliopius laevisculus 15,184 23.14 Lacuna vincta 4,286 6.53 Corophium acutum 3,387 5.16 Dexamine thea 3,276 4.99 I Caprella penantis Jassa falcata 2,876 1,792 4.38 2.73

, Pontogeneia inermis 1,543 2.35 I Corophium bonnelli Onoba aculeus 801 702 1.22 1.07 1

I 1

29

I Table 4: Community overlap (Jaccard's Coefficient of Community) by replicate; August, 1981 and March, 1982.

August, 1981 I

Replicates Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent 1-2 68.66% 57.53% 56.67%

1-3 57.14 61.11 57.89 1-4 59.46 55.07 58.57 1-5 57.14 58.54 54.10 2-3 58.67 67.61 67.31 2-4 58.97 59.42 57.97 2-5 59.72 68.35 64.81 3-4 60.26 60.87 55.88 3-5 56.76 63.41 63.46 4-5 55.13 60.26 57.35 March, 1982 Replicates Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent, 1-2 60.78% 49.12% 52.27%

1-3 60.34 62.50 62.75 1-4 59.65 52.00 56.82 1-5 59.32 61.36 46.34 2-3 63.83 54.72 57.45 2-4 63.04 66.07 62.16 2-5 52.94 66.04 70.00 3-4 72.00 52.08 65.22 3-5 61.82 74.36 48.89 4-5 74.00 68.09 65.63 30

1 1

I l 4.5. Species Diversity I Shannon-Wienzr diversity (H') and evenness (J') were calculated by replicate for both collections; these values are presented in Table 5.

The Fffluent station had significantly higher diversity and evenness values than both Manomet Point and Rocky Point during August. Diversity and evenness were both at their annual maxima with many values near 4.0 and 0.7, respectively, being recorded.

This pattern of diversity values is the reverse of what has usually been seen in the PNPS benthic data; the Effluent station usually has depressed diversity due to differentially greater recruitment of juvenile I

mussels. Although the poor settlement of mussels at the Effluent in August contributed in part to the observed diversity pattern, it was not sufficient to explain the results,'which were essentially the same even when mussels were excluded.

As may be seen from Table 3, the pattern of dominance at Effluent in I August is different from either of the control sites in the degree of dominance of the numerically most dense species. At the Effluent, dominance is more evenly distributed; this increase in evenness produces higher diversity values, and thus the observed pattern of greater diversity at the Effluent.

For the March, 1982 data diversities were generally lower throughout the study area. This was due to generally greater dominance by Mytilis with consequently depressed evenness. This was particularly evident at Manomet Point where the dominance by mussels was greatest. Evenness at Manomet Point averaged only .32 and the resulting diversity values were significantly lower than those seen at both Rocky Point and Effluent.

4.6. Classification Analysis The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution recently converted its general-purpose scientific computing facility hardware from Xerox Sigma 7 to DEC VAX/ll. Virtually all of the programs which we have been using

! to analyze PNPS data since the initiation of this study are being converted to the new system by WHOI programming personnel. The program we have used in the past to conduct classification analysis (SPSTCL) has not been l completely converted to the new system and therefore it was not possible l

l to analyze the August, 1981 and March, 1982 data in R-mode.

31

I:

Table 5: Information theory diversity values by replicate; August, 1981 and March, 1982.

I.

August, 1981 Replicate Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent I,i H' J' M' J' B' J' 1 3.35 0.58 3.42 0.56 3.88 0.70 2 3.84 0.66 3.90 0.66 3.96 0.72 3 2.95 0.50 3.25 0.55 3.87 0.72 4 4.05 0.68 3.32 0.58 4.07 0.68 5 3.36 0.58 3.01 0.48 4.04 0.75 I

March, 1982 Replicate Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent l H' J' H' J' H' J' E 1 1.93 0.34 3.04 0.60 2.55 0.49 2 1.63 0.32 3.73 0.66 2.09 0.43 3 1.72 0.31 2.32 0.47 2.89 0.53 4 1.80 0.33 2.62 0.49 2.77 0.56 5 1.83 0.33 2.47 0.47 2.88 0.65 I

I I

32

I The dendrogram shown in Figure 7 was derived from replicate data using the CLUST1 subroutine of SPSTCL. The similarity coefficient used was Bray-Curtis similarity and the clustering algorithm was UPGMA.

Three major divisions are evident in the dendrogram. The first of these includes three replicates from the Effluent site in March.

The largest cluster incorporates all samples from August and the final group includes the remainder of the March samples.

Although the pattern evident in the dendrogram is complex, it is obvious that the Effluent site has a tendency to group separately from Manoment Point and Rocky Point. It is also true that the two control sites are separated but apparently to a lesser extent than the Effluent.

In summary, the results of the classification analysis appear to indicate some uniqueness at the Effluent site. This is the typical I pattern seen in the historical data, and continues to indicate a small but discernible impact due to PNPS operation.

I I

I E

I l 33

I EF5 3 82 EF3 82 EF4 3 82 MP2 8 81 MP4 8 81 EF5 8 81 EF2 8 81 EF1 8 81 EF3 8 81 MP3 8 81 RP5 8 81

~

MP1 8 81 g MP5 8 81 5 EF4 8 81 RP2 8 81 RP1 8 81 RP4 8 81 RP3 8 81 RP3 3 82 RP2 3 82 RP4 3 82 RP1 3 82 EF2 3 82 EF1 3 82 RPS 3 82

__ MP5 3 82 MP1 3 82 MP2 3 82

~

~ MP3 3 82 MP4 3 82 Figure 7: Normal (Q-mode) similarity dendrogram, replicate data for g August 1981 and March 1982. Analysis by program BMDP2M, g Bray-Curtis similarity coefficient, UFCMA clustering.

34

I

5. ALGAE 5.1 Algal Systematics The cumulative quantitative algal species list presented in BECo Re-port No. 16 has been retained in the current report. No additions to the cumulative list have been made as a consequence of analysis of thi August I 1981 and March 1982 quantitative collections. As for all previous col-lections, species identifications and taxonomic determinations were based primarily upon the combined works of Parke and Dixon (1976), South (1976),

and Taylor (1962).

5.2 Algal Community Description Throughout the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point curvey areas, I the rock and cobble substratum was carpeted with a thick and virtually continuous covering of the macroscopic carrageenoids Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora ssp. Chondrus has historically been found to be dominant in the Rocky Point and Manomet Point survey areas, while the two species have tended to occur in relatively equal population densities within the Efflu-ent survey area. A considerable number of additional benthic macrophytic species were also well represented within the three survey areas. The most notable of this assemblage were Polyides rotundus, Ahnfeltia plicata, Corallina officinalis, Desmarestia aculeata, Chaetomorpha melagonium and Ulva lactuca. While each of these taxa were occasionally observed to form sizeable and well-defined populations, their moat common form of occurrence was as either isolated individuals or as weakly-developed populations occurring within the pervasive Chondrus and Phyllophora covering. The epiphytic algal population was composed of a very large number of species, and constituted an important component of the algal community. Chondrus l and Phyllophora served as the primary host species for all epiphytic l

l populations. Epiphytic species were prevalent throughout the year, but attained their maximal development during the summer and early autumn months. The dominant summer and autumn epiphytes include Spermothamnion repens, Polysiphonia spp., Cystoclonium purpureum, and Ceramium rubrum; I the primary winter and spring epiphytes include Rhodomela confervoides, Callophyllis cristata, Membranoptera alata, and Phycodrys rubens. Repre-sentatives of the brown algal kelp species Laminaria saccharina and Laminaria digitata were found to occur throughout the study area. The 35

kelps were the most conspicuous components of the algal community, and occurred as solitary individuals or in large clusters of up to one dozen plants. The crustose algal community was composed of an extremely large and diverse assemblage of fleshy and calcareous species, and was domina-ted by Hildenbrandia rubra, Ralfsia spp., and Phymatolithon spp.

5.3 Algal Community Overlap Community overlap analyses were performed, using Jaccard's Coefficient of Community (Greig-Smith, 1964) to quantitatively measure the extent of similarity in algal species composition between the Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point stations. The Greig-Smith model provides a mathematical evaluation of the similarity of two stations or replicates using only the E

species content, and without reference to any differences in the abundance 5 of the species involved. The species occurrence records of 38 carefully selected indicator species served as the elemental data for all community

~

overlap operations. The specific criteria employed in the selection of the indicator species have been described in the Methods section of this report.

Three separate classes of community overlap comparisons have been performed. First, community overlap between the five replicate samples of each station was determined in order to provide a relative measure of the spatial distribution of the algal species occurring at each site. Second, community overlap between the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point replicate samples was determined in order to provide a direct measure of the degree of similarity in algal species composition between the three stations. Third, community overlap between the current and previous years' species occurrence records was determined in order to provide a measure of the temporal stability of the algal population at each station.

The results of community overlap comparisons between replicate samples of the same station for the August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods are presented in Table 6a. An examination of the table shows that the range of replicate overlap values for the three stations was similar in both scope and magnitude; overlap generally ranged from 65 - 85% at all stations for both collecting periods. Further examination of Table 6a reveals that the calculated 5 replicate overlap value for the three stations showed a close degree of correspondence; the respective 5 values for Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent were 74.8, 78.6, and 36

4 Table 6. Algal community overlap a) between replicates, and b) between stations for August 1981 and March 1982 at the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations.

I a) overlap between replicates Manomet Point Rocky Point . Effluent Replicate pair August March August March August March 1-2 84.0% 69.2% 71.4% 63.3% 71.4% 57.1%

1-3 74.1% 75.0% 76.9% 78.6% 73.1% 61.5%

l-4 76.9% 70.4% 72.0% 70.4% 74.1% 55.6%

l-5 69.2% 66.7% 74.1% 84.6% 73.1% 62.5%

2-3 81.5% 67.9% 92.6% 63.3% 75.0% 54.8%

2-4 71.4% 63.0% 75.0% 73.1% 75.9% 50.0%

2-5 64.3% 79.2% 89.3% 67.9% 69.0% 60.7%

3-4 75.0% 75.0% 74.1% 64.3%. 71.4% 64.3%

3-5 67.9% 65.5% 88.9% 77.S% 76.9% 59.3%

4-5 84.0% 66.7% 71.4% 69.2% 71.4% 59.3%

X 74.8% 69.9% 78.6% 71.2% 73.1% 58.5%

I I

b) overlap between stations Number of shared species Community overlap Station pair August March August March Manomet Point-Rocky Point 29 30 96.7% 88.2%

Manomet Point-Effluent 29 31 93.6% 88.6% ,

Rocky Point-Effluent 29 31 96.7% 83 A%

I I

37

l 73.1% in August, and 69.9, 71.2, and 58.5% in March. The uniformly lower March values suggest that the algal population comprising each station was more sparsely distributed in that month. The above data indicate that the species comprising each station were not uniformly distributed throughout the five replicates, but exhibited a moderate degree of variation. How-ever, the similar ranges and means of replicate overlap values shown by the three stations indicates that the algal species composition of each was similarly spatially distributed.

Direct community overlap comparisons between the three stations were based upon the combined species occurrence records of the five replicate samples taken at each station; a species was designated as occurring at a station if it was recorded from at least one of the station's replicates. 3 Table 6b presents the results of overlap comparisons between the three stations for August 1981 and March 1982. The table shows that, for all station pairs, community overlap was higher in August (93.1 - 96.7%) than in March (88.2 - 88.6%). This indicates that the resident algal population was more uniformly distributed throughout the curvey area in August. The table also shows that overlap values generated by control station pairings were not substantively different from those generated by the pairing of the experimental (Ef fluent) station with either control. The results indicate that species composition at the three stations was highly similar.

Short-term fluctuations in the species composition of each station were assessed by computing community overlap between the August 1981 and March 1982 species occurrence data. The results are presented in Table 7, and show that overlap values of 93.8, 84.4, and 88.7% were recorded for Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent respectively. All values are high, indicating that the species composition of each station has remained relatively stable for the August 1981 through March 1982 period.

Intermediate to long-term fluctuations in the species composition of each station were assessed by determining cornunity overlap between curren:

(August 1981 and March 1982) species occurrence data and those for the corresponding periods of the two preceding years. As was the case in com-parisons measuring short-term fluctuations, each station served as its own control. Results are presented in Table 8, and show that overlap through-out the 1978 - 1982 period ranged from approximately 75 to 90% for all three stations. The results also show that Effluent overlap values were 38

I I Table 7 . Algal community overlap between the August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations.

Station Number of shared species Community overlap Manomet Point 30 93.8%

Rocky Point 28 84.8%

Effluent 30 88.7%

I Table 8 . Algal community overlap between current (August 1981 and March 1982) and previous collecting periods for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations.

Station Period of comparison Number of shared species Community overlap I Manomet Point August 1981-August 1979 24 80.0%

I August 1981-August 1978 August 1979-August 1978 23 21 76.7%

80.8%

March 1982-March 1980 24 75.0%

March 1982-March 1979 24 '

75.0%

March 1980-March'1979 23 92.0%

Rocky Point August 1981-August 1980 27 90.0%

August 1981-August 1979 24 82.8%

August 1980-August 1979 24 85.7%

March 1982-March 1981 25 75.8%

March 1982-March 1980 24 75.0%

March 1981-March 1980 22 78.6%

Effluent August 1981-August 1980 27 81.8%

August 1981-August 1979 29 93.5%

August 1980-August 1979 30 93.5%

March 1982-March 1981 28 82.4%

March 1982-March 1980 27 79.4%

March 1981-March 1980 24 77.4%

l not substantively different from control station values. The data indi-cate that all stations evidenced a similar degree of stability and temporal continuity in species composition throughout the three-year period.

An examination of the species occurrence records for August 1981 and March 1982 (Appendices 3 and 4) discloses that the green alga Bryopsis plumosa and the red alga Gracilaria foliifera were recorded only from the Effluent station. Bryopsis was encountered in two Effluent replicates in g

March; its level of occurrence was rare in each case. Gracilaria was W recorded from all five Effluent replicates in August, and from three rep-licates in March; its level of occurrence ranged from rare to occasional.

Both species typically occur in abundance south of Cape Cod; north of the Cape, their occurrence is limited to shallow bays and estuaries, and then only during the warmer summer and autumn months (Taylor, 1962). Both taxa have, in the past, been collected regularly and in abundance within the heated confines of the discharge jetties. Beyond the mouth of the jetties, they have also been intermittantly recorded at the Effluent intertidal, five foot, and ten foot collection sites. No occurrence has ever been recorded at either the Recky Point or Manomet Point control stations. The continued presence of both taxa at the Effluent ten foot station in inter-preted as a direct consequence of Pilgrim I thermal discharge.

5.4 Algal Biomass Algal biomass data were obtained for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent stations for August 1981 and March 1982. Separate biomass =

determinations have been made for the benthic (Chondrus crispus, Phyl-lophora spp., and the remaining benthic species) and epiphytic (epiphytes of Chondrus and epiphytes of Phyllophora) algal fractions. Total algal biomass was also determined for each station.

5.4.1 Chondrus crispus biomass Chondrus crispus biomass data for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent stations are presented in Tables 9 and 10 for the respective August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods. The tables show the mean (x) biomass valte for each station as well as the individual values for the five replica:es taken at each station.

The tables show that all three stations evidenced highest Chondrus biomass levels in August, with appreciably lower levels recorded in March.

40 I

M M M M M M M M M M M .M M M m M M Table 9 Dry weight biomass values (g/m ) for Chondrus crispus, Phy11ophora spp., the remaining benthic species, total epiphytic biomass, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981.

Station / Chondrus Phyllophora P.emaining benthic Epiphytic Total algal replicate crispus spp. species species biomass Manomet Point 1 786.1 (85%) 114.5 (12%) 24.7 ( 3%) 44.2 969.4 2 618.4 (79%) 147.7 (19%) 19.8 ( 2%) 53.7 839.6 3 505.7 (66%) 164.2 (21%) 102.3 (13%) 72.0 844.2 4 421.3 (70%) 141.7 (23%) 43.1 ( 7%) 93.9 700.0 5 399.8 (66%) 170.9 (28%) 33.3 ( 6%) 83.3 687.3 X 546.3 (74%) 147.8 (20%) 44.6 ( 6%) 69.5 808.2 Rocky Point 1 73.9 (48%) 28.1 (18%) 53.5 (34%) 149.6 305.1 2 404.4 (70%) 58.7 (10%) 117.9 (20%) 77.6 658.5' C 3 510.7 (84%) 60.2 (10%) 35.5 ( 6%) 88.5 694.9 4 342.4 (74%) 61.6 (13%) 61.6 (13%) 67.7 533.3 5 418.7 (67%) 142.1 (23%) 61.6 (10%) 102.2 724.1 3I 350.0 (70%) 70.1 (14%) 65.9 (14%) 97.1 583.1 Effluent 1 394.6 (68%) 183.6 (31%) 4.8 ( 1%) 27.6 610.6 2 119.4 (36%) 188.9 (56%) 26.5 ( 8%) 77.9 412.7 3 217.7 (45%) 222.6 (46%) 42.8 ( 9%) 41.8 524.9 4 155.4 (42%) 148.7 (41%) 63.3 (17%) 100.4 467.8 5 82.6 (26%) 178.1 (56%) 58.0 (18%) 82.8 401.5 5I 193.9 (47%) 184.4 (44%) 39.1 ( '9%) 66.1 483.5

Table 10. Dry weight biomass values (g/m ) for Chondrus crispus, Phy11ophora ssp., the remaining benthic species, total epiphytic biomass, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal (10' MLW) stations for March 1982.

Station Chondrus Phy11ophora Remaining benthic Epiphytic Total algal replicate crispus spp. species species biomass Manomet Point t 345.4 (65%) 163.3 (31%) 21.7 ( 4%) 56.9 587.3 2 182.7 (46%) 151.4 (39%) 60.5 (15%) 88.8 483.4 3 123.4 (38%) 162.7 (49%) 43.6 (13%) 70.0 399.7 4 414.7 (66%) 210.8 (33%) 6.6 ( 1%) 66.7 698.8 5 292.7 (64%) 141.1 (31%) 24.7 ( 5%) 59.4 517.9 5 271.8 (58%) 165.9 (35%) 31.3 ( 7%) 68.4 537.4 Rocky Point 1 156.5 (36%) 200.2 (46%) 78.5 (18%) 34.7 469.9 y 2 247.5 (48%) 149.3 (29%) 120.8 (23%) 9.9 527.5

" 37.8 317.6 3 10.1 ( 4%) 88.4 (31%) 181.3 (65%)

4 14.0 ( 5%) 101.8 (39%) 147.4 (56%) 76.3 339.5 5 23.9 ( 7%) 166.5 (52%) 130.7 (41%) 4.7 325.8 X 90.4 (25%) 141.2 (39%) 131.7 (36%) 32.7 396.1 Effluent 1 100.3 (24%) 137.9 (32%) 187.2 (44%) 2.0 427.4 2 200.9 (56%) 71.8 (207) 87.5 (24%) 0.8 361.0 3 24.1 (11%) 143.5 (68%', 45.1 (21%) 9.7 222.4 4 1.2 ( 1%) 154.3 (83%) 31.1 (16%) 19.2 205.8 5 32.9 (13%) 136.3 (51%) 96.3 (36%) 6.9 272.4 5 71.9 (25%) 128.8 (44%) 89.4 (31%) 7.7 297.8 M M M M M M M M M M M M M-

I The decline in biomass between the two periods was 74.2% for Rocky Point, 52.7% for Effluent, and 50.2% for Manomet Point. This biomass pattern has also been seen in the data of previous years' collections, and re- -

flects the normal seasonal growth cycle of Cho~ndrus. Chondrus germina-tion and growth rates are highest from late spring to early autumn (Tay-lor), and typically result in ar. Increase in the population during the summer months; conversely, markedly reduced winter germination and growth rates, coupled with a high incidence of adult and juvenile plant mortality as a consequence of harsh winter storms, typically results in a reduction in the Chondrus population from the late autumn to early spring months.

Further examination of Tables 9 and 10 reveals that, for both the August and March collecting periods, the Effluent station produced the lowest Chondrus biomass, while Manomet Point produced the highest, and Rocky Point produced intermediate-level values. The i Effluent biomass value for August (193.9 g/m ) was 35.9% lower than the corresponding Rocky Point value (350.0 g/m ), and 64.5% lower than the Manomet Point value (546.3 g/m ); similarly, the March Effluent i value (71.9 g/m ) was 20.5%

lower than the Rocky Point value (90.4 g/m ),2 and 73.5% lower than the Manomet Point value (271.8 g/m ). An examination of the individual rep-licates for the two periods also clearly illustrates the biomass differen-ces between the three stations. For August, the range of replicate bio-mass values shown by Effluent (82.6 - 394.6 g/m ) was appreciably lower than the ranges shown by both the Rocky Point (73.9 - 510.7 g/m ) and 2

Manomet Point (399.8 - 786.1 g/m ) control stations; the range of Effluent replicate biomass in March (1.2 - 200.9 g/m ) was again lower than the 2

ranges shown by Rocky Point (10.1 - 247.5 g/m ) and Manomet Point (123.4 -

414.7 g/m ). Tables 9 and 10 also show that Chondrus constituted a lower percentage of total station biomass at Effluent than at the two control stations. For August, Manomet Point and Rocky Point Chondrus comprised 74% and 70% of total biomass respectively, while the corres-ponding Effluent value was only 46%; the March Manomet Point value of 58% was appreciably higher than the 25% value shown by both Rocky Point and Effluent. A comparison of the ratio of Chondrus to Phyllophora (Phyllophora is Chondrus' principle competitor for available substrate at all stations) biomass at the three sites provides further indication of reduced Effluent Chondrus biomass. For August, Manomet Point and Rocky 43

I Point displayed Chondrus/Phv11ophora ratios of 5.0/1 and 3.7/1 respec-tively, while Effluent showed a considerably divergent ratio of 1.1/1; for March, the Effluent ratio of 0.5/1 was likewise lower than the 0.6/1 and 1.6/1 ratios shown by Rocky Point and Manomet Point respectively.

One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment was ap-plied to the replicate sample data of the August 1981 and Ibrch 1982 col-lections to test for significant differences in Chondrus biomass between the three stations. Separate ANOVA operations were performed on the Aug-ust, March, and combined August / March data. Results are included in Table lla-c, and show that biomass differences between stations were sig-nificantly different for each of the August (d.f. = 2/12, f = 6.883, p < .05) , March (d.f . = 2/12, f = 5.720, p < .05) , and combined August / March (d.f. = 2/27, f = 6.773, p < .01 ) comparison periods. A priori comparison of means (Sokal and Rohlf,1969) showed that Effluent biomass was signifi-cantly lower than control station biomass only for the August (d.f. = 1/12, f = 9.51, p < .05) and combined August / March (d.f. = 1/27, f = 7.480, p < .05) periods. Although March Effluent biomass was also lower than that of either control station, an inspection of Table 10 suggests that the particularly high biomass recorded for Manomet Point was responsible for E conferring ANOVA significance for that period. One-way ANOVA treatment was also applied to the composite replicate data of October 1975 through March 1982. Results are included in Table 12, and show that biomass dif-ferences between the three stations were statistically significant (d.f. =

2/282, f = 21.203, p 4.01) . A priori comparison of means showed Effluent biomass to be statistically lower than that of either control station (d. f. = 1/282, f = 41.541, p < .01) . Current findings are in agreement with those reported for previous years' samplings. Effluent Chondrus biomass was previously found to be significantly lower than control W station biomass for the October 1979 through June 1980 (BECo Report No.

16), September 1978 through June 1979 (BECo Report No. 14), and June 1977 through April 1978 (BECo Report No. 12) collecting and reporting periods.

Current (August 1981 and March 1982) biomass data were statistically compared with those of one year earlier in order to examine the short-term temporal stability of the Chondrus population at each station (for Manomet Foint, current data were compared with those of two years earlier) . ANOVA results are included in Table 13, and show that Chondrus biomass dif fer-o g

I Table 11. Results of one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment for location effects on Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, I

epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the a)

August 1981, b) March 1982, and c) combined August 1981 and March 1982 collections.

I a) August 1981 biomass category d.f. f-value level of significance Chondrus crispus 2/12 6.883 p<.05 Phyllophora spp. 2/12 17,025 p <. 01 Remaining benthic species 2/12 1.151 not significant Epiphytes of Chondrus 2/12 2.284 not significant Epiphytes of Phyllophora 2/12 1.102 not significant Total algal biomass 2/12 8.176 p<.01 b) March 1982 biomass category Chondrus crispus 2/12 5.720 p<.05 Phyllophora spp. 2/12 1.363 not significant Remaining benthic' species 2/12 6.772 p<.05 Epiphytes of Chondrus 2/12 1.768 not significant Epiphytes of Phyllophora 2/12 3.467 not significant Total algal biomass 2/12 7.077 p<.01 c) August 1981 and March 1982 combined I biomass category Chondrus crispus 2/27 6.773 p<.01 I Phyllophora spp. 2/27 4.827 p<.05 Remaining benthic species 2/27 4.947 p<.05 Epiphytes of Chondrus 2/27 4.245 p<.05 Epiphytes of Phyllophora 2/27 1.295 not significant Total algal biomass 2/27 8.094 p < . 01 I

I . _ _ _ _ _ _

45

I Table 12. Results of one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment for location effects on Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the composite collections of October 1975 through March 1982.

I Biomass category d.f. f-value level of significance Chondras crispus 2/282 21.203 p<.01 Phy11ophora spp. 2/282 14.431 p < . 01 Remaining benthic species

2/111 3.316 p<.05 Epiphytes of Chondrus* 2/111 5.281 p < . 01 Epiphytes of Phyllophora* 2/111 1.049 not significant Total algal biomass 2/282 4.917 p <. 01

Data available only from September 1979 to the present.

I I

I 46 I

Table 13. Results of one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) statistical treatment for short-term period effects (August 1981 and March 1982 vs. August 1980 and March 1981) on Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluen,t stations.

d.f. f-value level of significance Chondrus crispus Manomet Point

1/14 0.045 not significant Rocky Point 1/20 1.712 not significant Effluent 1/20 2.647 not significant Phyllophora spp.

Manomet Point

1/14 1.779 not significant Rocky Point 1/20 0.072 not significant Effluent 1/20 0.978 not significant l Remaining Benthic Species f Manomet Point

1/14 0.012 not significant Rocky Point 1/20 0.173 not significant Effluent 1/20 2.539 not significant Epiphytes of Chondrus Manomet Point

1/14 0.347 not significant Rocky Point 1/20 0.002 not significant Effluent 1/20 9.566 p <. 01 Epiphytes of Phyllophora Manomet Point

1/14 8.415 p<.05 Rocky Point 1/20 0.003 not significant Effluent 1/20 28.423 p < . 01 i Total Algal Biomass Manomet Point

1/14 0.215 not significant Rocky Point 1/20 3.049 not significant

,g Effluent 1/20 6.800 p<.05 l5

Current (August 1981 and March 1982) Manomet Point data are compared l with the data of August 1979 and March 1980.

l 47

I

ences between the two yearly periods were not significant for any station.

Despite the absence of statistically significant differences, all stations showed decreases in biomass over the two yearly periods (Table 14). The 2

x Effluent value for the current year's collections (132.9 g/m ) repre-sents a modest 39.8% decline from the previous ear's level (220.9 g/m2 );

the current year's Rocky Point value (220.2 g/m ) represents a decline of 35.3% from the previous year's level (340.2 g/m );2 the current year's 2

Manomet Point v.alue (409.0 g/m ) represents a slight 4.3% decline from the previous year's level (427.3 g/m ). Biomass differences between the two yearly periods are not considered to be extreme for any station, and are typical of the magnitude of change which has traditionally been seen whenever the collections of successive years have been compared.

It is hypothesized that a heightened degree of sand and sediment scouring at the Effluent station is prinwrily responsible for the signif-icantly lower Chondrus biomass values which have been reported for both current (August 1981 and March 1982) and composite (October 1975 through March 1982) data. The Effluent station substratum is composed of a considerably greater percentage of sand and sediments than are the Manomet Point and Rocky Point control stations. Although the greater part of the sand is considered to be naturally occurring, it is likely that some sediment deposition occurs as a result of the PNPS Unit I discharge cur-rent. The force of the discharge current is also presumed to intensify scouring at the Effluent station. The principle effects of scouring are an inhibition of algal germination and abrasion-induced dislodgement of juvenile and mature plants (Newroth, 1970). Chondrus is a relatively delicate plant, and is considered to be particularly susceptible to the effects of scouring (Prince, 1971). PNPS thermal perturbation is not judged to be a contributing factor to the lower Effluent biomass.

5.4.2 Phyllophora spp. biomass Phyllophora spp. biomass values for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent stations are presented in Tables 9 and 10 for the August 1981 and March 1982 colleccing periods respectively. l The tables show that the three stations displayed markedly dissimilar Phyllophora biomass patterns over the August to March collecting periods. i Effluent and Manomet Point showed relatively high biomass in August; 48

Table 14 Dry weight biomass values (g/m ) for Chondrus crispus, I Phyllophora spp., the remaining benthic species, epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and total algal biomass for the current (August 1981 and March 1982) and previous year's (August 1980 and March 1981) collections.

previous year's current year's collections collections % change Chondrus crispus Manomet Point

427.3 409.0 - 4.3%

Rocky Point 340.2 220.2 - 35.3%

Effluent 220.9 132.9 - 39.8%

Phyllophora spp.

Manomet Point

129.8 156.8 + 20.8%

Rocky Point 112.0 105.7 - 5.6%

Effluent 141.4 156.7 + 10.8%

Remaining Eenthic Species Manomet Point

36.3 38.0 + 4.7%

Rocky Point 84.9 98.8 + 16.4%

Effluent 34.9 64.3 + 84.2%

Epiphytes of Chondrus#

Manomet Point

0.077 0.067 - 13.0%

Rocky Point 0.244 0.239 -

2.0%

Effluent 0.154 0.043 - 72.1%

Epiphytes of Phyllophora#

I Manomet Point

0.558 0.273 - 51.1%

Rocky Point 0.562 0.547 - 2.7%

Effluent 0.188 0.831 +342.0%

Total Algal Biomass Manomet Point

708.2 672.7 - 5.0%

Rocky Point 628.0 489.6 - 22.0%

l I Effluent 547.0 390.8 - 28.6%

Current (August 1981 and March 1982) Manoment Point data are compared with the data of August 1979 and March 1980.

Values indicate grams of epiphyte per gram of host species.

49

Manomet Point then displayed a moderate 12.2% biomass increase in March, while Effluent showed a moderate 30.2% decline over the same period.

Rocky Point, in contrast, displayed low biomass in August, but showed a dramatic 101.4% increase in March. The absence of a singular uniform seasonal biomass pattern among the three stations is not unusual. In previous years, Phyllophora biomass has demonstrated a tendancy to in-crease during the winter months. However, the pattern has caly irregu-g larly been recorded, and has rarely been observed to occur simultaneously 5 at all stations.

Tables 9 and 10 also show that no single station consistently pro-duced either the highest or lowest Phyllophora biomass for the two col-lecting periods. For the August collecting period, Effluent produced the highest biomass values, while Rocky Point produced the lowest, and Manomet Point produced intermediate-level values; for March, Manomet Point pro-duced the highest biomass, Effluent the lowest, and Rocky Point an inter-mediate-level value. The August i biomass value for Efflueat (184.4 g/m2 )

was 24.8% greater than the corresponding Manomet Point value (147.8 g/m ),

and 163.1% greater than the Rocky Point value (70.1 g/m ); the March Manomet Point i value (165.9 g/m2 ) was 17.3% higher than the Rocky Point 2

value (141.2 g/m ), and 28.8% higher tLan the Effluent value (128.8 g/m ).

An examination of replicate biomass values for the two collecting periods further underscores the differences between the three stations. The range of Effluent replicate biomass for August (148.7 - 222.6 g/m ) was moderately higher than the range shown by Manomet Point (114.5 - 170.9 g/m ), and appreciably higher than the range shown by Rocky Point (28.1 -

142.1 g/m ); for March, the range of Phyllophora replicate biomass values shown by Manomet Point (141.1 - 210.8 g/m2 ) was moderately higher than the range shown by Rocky Point (88.4 - 200.2 g/m ), and substantially higher than the range shown by Effluent (71.8 - 154.3 g/m ). Inspection of Tables 9 and 10 also shows that, for both the August and March col-lecting periods, Phy11ophora biomass comprised a higher percentage of total station biomass at Effluent than at the two control stations. For August, Ef fluent Phyllophora comprised 44% of total station biomass, while Manomet Point and Rocky Point showed lower values of 20% and 14%

respectively; similarly, for March, the 44% Effluent value was higher than the 39% and 35% values shown by Rocky Point and Manomet Point re-50

spectively. The relatively high Effluent value for March is attributed primarily to the particularly low Chondrus biomass recorded in that same period.

One-way ANOVA statistical treatmeat was applied separately to the August, March, and combined August / March replicate biomass data to test for significant Phyllophora biomass differences between stations. The results are included in Table lla-c, and show that biomass differences between stations were statistically significant only for the August (d.f. = 2/12, f = 17.025, p < .01) and combined August / March (d.f. = 2/27, f = 4.827, p < .05) comparison periods. A priori comparison of means showed that Effluent biomass was statistically higher than control station biomass only in the August (d.f. = 1/12, f = 19.031, p < .01) period. For the combined August / March periods, an examination of Tables 9 and 10 indicates that relatively low Rocky Point-biomass, particularly in August, was responsible for conferring ANOVA significance. One-way ANOVA treat-I ment was also applied to the composite replicate data of October 1975 through March 1982. Results are included in Table 12, and show that Phyllophora biomass differences between the three stations were signifi-cantly different (d .f . = 2 /282, f = 14.431, p < .01) . A_ priori comparison of means showed Effluent biomass to be statistically higher (d.f. = 1/282, f = 12.764, p < .01) then that of either control station. Current results are only in partial agreement with those which have been reported for previous years' samplings. In the ast, Effluer t has consistently dis-played higher Phyllophora biomass that the two control stations. Effluent I biomass was previously found to be significantly higher than that of con-trol stations for the August 1980 through June 1981 (BECo Report No. 18) and the June 1977 through April 1978 (BECo Report No. 12) collecting and reporting periods. Effluent Phyllophora biomass was also higher than control station biomass for the June 1978 through June 1979 (BECo Report No. 14) and the September 1979 through June 1980 (BECo Report No. 16) periods, although the differences were not significant.

Current (August 1981 and March 1982) Phyllophora biomass data were statistically compared with those of one year earlier in order to examine the temporal stability of the population at each station. ANOVA treatment results are included in Table 13, and show that differences between the current and previous year's biomass levels were not significant for any 51

station. The results indicate that the Phyllophora population at each station has remained relatively stable over the two year period. Despite the overall continuity, moderate fluctuations in biomass were observed for all stations . The x Manomet Point value for the current year's col-lections (156.8 g/m 2) represents a 20.8% increase from the previous yeac's 2 2 level (129.8 g/m ); the current year's Effluent value (156.7 g/m ) is 10.8% greater than the value recorded for the previous year (141.1 g/m );

and, the current year's Rocky Point value (105.7 g/m2 ) represents a 2

slight 5.6% decline from the previous year's level (112.0 g/m ).

Physical attributes of the PNPS discharge plume, together with the I unique substratum characteristics of the Effluent station, are believed to be responsible for the higher Effluent Phyllophora biomass levels. The Effluent station substratum is composed of a greater amount of coarse sand, sediments and silt than the Rocky Point and Manomet Point control stations, with some sediment deposition probably occurring as a conse-quence of the discharge plume. The presence of sand and sediments is known to fascilitate abrasion of algal holdfasts (Newroth, 1970). Phyl-lophora, due to its coarse morphological structure, is believed to be minimally affected by abrasion, and is thought to outcompete other ben-thic species (particularly Chondrus) in substrate areas containing-large amounts of sand. Prince (1971) has also observed that Phyllophora will dominate the subtidal algal community in sand-substrate environments.

5.4.3 Biomass of the remaining benthic species Biomass values for the category " remaining benthic species" are pre-sented in Tables 9 and 10 for the respective August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods. The category is comprised of all benthic taxa ex-clusive of Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., and Laminaria spp. For all stations and collecting periods, the category was dominanted by Corallina officinalis, Polyides rotundus, Desmarestia aculeata, Ahnfeltia plicata, Chaetomorpha linum, Chaetormorpha melagonium, and Ulva lactuca.

Tables 9 and 10 show that the three stations did not evidence a common seasonal biomass pattern for the August and March periods. Manomet Point and Rocky Point showed relatively high biomass in August; Manomet Point then showed a moderate 30.3% decline in March, while Rocky Point showed an abrupt 99.8% increase. Effluent displayed low biomass in Aug-ust, but showed a precipitous 128.6% increase in March. The absence of a 52

shared seasonal biomass pattern at the three stations is not considered to be unusual. In previous years, remaining benthic species biomass val-ues have been characterized by erratic fluctuations thrcughout the year, with very little indication of any underlying seasonal pattern, and with very little conformity among stations.

The tables also show that, with few exceptions, remaining benthic species biomass was lower than both Chondrus and Phyllophora biomass for all stations and collecting periods. The data further show that, for both collecting periods, remaining benthic species biomass differences between the three stations were less excessive than those which have been observed for Chondrus and Phyllophora. Highest remaining benthic species biomass in both the August and March collections was shown by Rocky Point; Effluent showed the lowest biomass in August, while Manomet Point showed I the lowest in March. The August x biomass value for Rocky Point (65.9 g/m ) was 55.8% greater than the Manomet Point value (44.6 g/m 2), and 2

68.5% greater than the Effluent value (39.1 g/m ). The March Rocky Point 2

value (131.7 g/m ) was 47.3% higher than the Effluent value (89.4 g/n ),

and 32.5% higher than the Manomet Point value (31.1 g/m ).2 The range of Rocky Point replicate biomass values were likewise greater than those of both Manomet Point and Effluent for both collecting periods. The range 2

of Rocky Point replicate biomass for August (35.5 - 117.9 g/m ) was sub-stantially higher than those shown by Effluent (4.8 - 63.3 g/m ) and Manomet Point (19.8 - 102.3 g/m ) ; for March, the Rocky Point range (78.5 - 181.3 g/m ) was moderately higher than the Effluent range (31.1 -

187.2 g/m2 ), and conspicuously higher than the Manomet Point range (6.6 -

I 60.5 g/m2 ). Tables 9 and 10 also show that remaining benthic species biomass generally constituted a lower percentage of total station biomass than did Chondrus and Phyllophora. Values ranged from 6% (Manomet Point) to 14% (Rocky Point) in. August, and from 7% (Manomet Point) to 36% (Rocky Point) in March.

One-way ANOVA treatment was separately applied to the August, March, and combined August / March replicate biomass data to test for statistical differences between stations. The results, which are included in Table lla-c, show that biomass differences between stations were significant only for the March (d.f. = 2/12, f = 6.772, e < .05) and combined August /

March (d.f. = 2/27, f = 4.947, p < .05) comparisons. A priori comparison I

53 l

l

of means showed that Effluent was not statistically different from the two control stations for either comparison. An examination of Tables 9 and 10 suggests that the particularly low Manomet Point value in March was responsible for ANOVA significance for both the March and ccmbined August / March periods. One-way ANOVA treatment was also applied to the composite replicate data of September 1979 through March 1982. Results are included in Table 12, and show that biomass differences between the three stations wer.e statistically different (d.f. = 2/111, f = 3.316, a p <.05). A, priori comparison of means showed that Effluent was not statistically different from the control stations. A review of previous years' data suggests that lower Manomet Point biomass was responsible for the significant differences. Current results are in overall agreement with those which have been reported for previous years' samplings. In the past, Effluent biomass has not been found to be different from that of control stations. In addition, Manomet Point has previously been observed to exhibit lower biomass than Effluent and Rocky Point, although differences between stations were rarely statistically significant.

Current remaining benthic species data were statistically compared with those of one year earlier in order to examine temporal stability at each station. ANOVA treatment results are included in Table 13, and show that differences between the two yearly periods were not significant for II" station. Despite the absence of statistically significant differen-ces, an examination of Table 14 shows that all stations exhibited biomass increases over the two yearly periods. The x Manomet Point value for the current year's collections (38.0 g/m ) represents a slight 4.7% increase over the previous year's level (36.3 g/m ); the current year's Rocky 2

Point value (98.8 g/m ) represents a modest 16.4% increase above the 2 "

previous year's level (84.9 g/m ); and, the current year's Effluent value (64.3 g/m ) represents a substantial 84.2% increase over the level 2

of the previous year (34.9 g/m ),

5.4.4 Biomass of the epiphytic species Total epiphytic biomass for August 1981 and March 1982 is presented in Tables 9 and 10 respectively. Biomass for the separate Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp, epiphytic fractions is presented in Table 15 Epiphytic biomass levels showed a strong positive correlation with the biomass levels of the associated host species. The correlation is normal 54

M M M M M M M M M Table 15 Dry weight biomass for a) epiphytes of Chondrus crispus, and b) epiphytes of Phy11ophora spp. for the Manomet Point. Effluent, and Rocky Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 1982.

a) epiphytes of Chondrus crispus Manomet Point Effluent Rocky Point Replicate August March August March August March 1 35.4 (0.045) 14.0 (0.041) 7.0 (0.018) 0.1 (0.001) 66.3 (0.897) 7.5 (0.048) 2 18.6 (0.030) 16.2 (0.089) 10.5 (0.088) 0.1 (0.001) 46.3 (0.114) 0.7 (0.003) 3 36.2 (0.072) 5.4 (0.044) 7.8 (0.036) 0.2 (0.008) 71.5 (0.140) 3.1 (0.307) 4 40.4 (0.096) 17.2 (0.041) 16.9 (0.109) 0.1 (0.083) 57.3 (0.167) 8.3 (0.593) 5 49.7 (0.124) 24.6 (0.084) 4.4 (0.053) 1.2 (0.036) 69.0 (0.165) 0.3 (0.013) 3E 36.1 (0.073) 15.5 (0.060) 9.3 (0.061) 0.3 (0.026) 62.1 (0.297) 4.0 (0.193)

$ b) epiphytes of Phy11ophora spp.

Manomet Point Effluent Rocky Point Replicate August March August March August March 1 8.8 (0.077) 42.8 (0.262) 20.6 (0.112) 2.0 (0.014) 83.3 (2.964) 27.3 (0.136) 2 35.1 (0.238) 72.6 (0.480) 67.4 (0.357) 0.7 (0.010) 31.3 (0.533) 9.2 (0.062) 3 35.8 (0.218) 64.6 (0.397) 34.0 (0.153) 9.4 (0.066) 17.0 (0.282) 34.7 (0.393) 4 53.5 (0.378) 49.5 (0.235) 83.5 (0.562) 19.1 (0.124) 10.4 (0.169) 68.1 (0.669) 5 33.6 (0.197) 34.8 (0.247) 78.4 (0.440) 5.7 (0.042) 33.2 (0.243) 4.4 (0.026) 3i 33.4 (0.222) 52.9 (0.324) 56.8 (0.325) 7.4 (0.051) 35.0 (0.836) 28.7 (0.257)

Legend: 00.0 (0.000)

-> adjusted value (grams of epiphyte per gram of host species)

-4 actual recorded biomass (g/m 2)

and anticipated, and simply demonstrates that the extent of development of an epiphytic algal population is, in large part, determined by the ex-tent of development of the affected host species population. All epi-phytic biomass values were mathematically adjusted in Table 15 in order to eliminate the variability induced by the relationship between the epi-phytic and host species' populations. The adjusted values, which denote 2

the weight (in g/m ) of epiphytes per gram of host species, serve as more meaningful units of comparison, and are readily amemable to statistical analyses.

An examination of Table 15 reveals that Phyllophora epiphytic biomass exceeded Chondrus epiphytic biomass at all three stations for both col-lecting periods, indicating that Phyllophora was the more heavily epiphy-tized species throughout the survey area. The higher Phyllophora epiphy-tism values are believed to reflect, at least in part, the greater capa-bility of Phyllochora to tolerate the increased stresses associated with increased infestation. Morphologically, the wiry Phyllophora is consid-erably tougher and sturdier than Chondrus. Consequently, Phyllophora may be able to withstand levels of epiphytism which, for Chondrus, would be sufficient to bring about dislodgement from the substratum. Results of the Chondrus/Phyllophora Condition Index study (Section 5.4.6) also showed that Phyllophora was more heavily epiphytized than Chondrus.

Higher Phyllophora epiphytic biomass values have previously been reported for the September 1980 through June 1981 (BECo Report No. 18) and the September 1979 through June 1980 (BECo Report No. 16) collecting periods.

Examination of Table 15a reveals that, for all stations, the Chondrus epiphytic fraction showed highest biomass levels in August, with appre-ciably lower levels recorded in March. The decline in biomass between the two periods was 17.8% for Manomet Point, 35.0% for Rocky Point, and 57.4% for Effluent. The lower March biomass values are primarily a re-flection of the loss of numerous summer annual epiphytic species over the winter months.

Further examination of Table 15a shows that, for both the August and March collecting periods, Rocky Point produced the highest Chondrus epi-phytic biomass, Effluent produced the lowest, and Manomet Point produced intermediate level biomass. The x Rocky Point biomasa value for August (0.297 g/epiphytic species per g/Chondrus) was 306.8% higher than the

Manomet Point value (0.073), and 386.9% higher than the Effluent value (0.061) ; similarly, the March Rocky Point i value (0.193) was 221.7%

higher than the Manomet Point value (0.060), and 642.3% higher than the Effluent value (0.026).

One-way ANOVA statistical treatment was performed on replicate sam-ple data to test for significant differences between stations. The re-sults are included in Table lla-c, and show that Chondrus epiphytic bio-mass differences were significant only for the combined August / March (d.f. = 2/27, f = 4.245, p < .05) comparison period. A_ priori comparison of means showed that Effluent biomass was not significantly different from that of the control stations. Examination of Table 15 suggests that the high Rocky Point biomass recorded for both the August and March col-lecting periods was responsible for the significant difference finding.

One-way ANOVA statistical treatment was also applied to the composite replicate data of September 1979 through March 1982. Results, which are included in Table 12, show that biomass differences between stations were significant (d. f . = 2/111, f = 5.281, p < .01) . A priori comparison of means showed that Effluent biomass was not statistically different from a

control station biomass. A review of previous years' data indicates that the significant differences were due to high Rocky Point biomass.

Current Chondrus epiphytic biomass data were compared to the corres-ponding data of one year earlier to test for temporal short-term stability at each station. Results of ANOVA statistical treatment are given in Table 13, and show that biomass differences between the two yearly periods were significant only for Effluent (d.f . = 1/20, f = 9.566, p < .01) . Ex-amination of Table 14 shows that the i Effluent biomass value for the current year (0.043) represents a 72.1% decline from the previous year's l level (0.154). Manomet Point and Rocky Point showed less precipitous bio-mass reductions over the two year period; the current year's Manomet l

Point value (0.067) represents a modest 13.0% decline from the previous t year's level (0.077), while the current year's Rocky Point value (0.239) l represents a slight 2.1% decline from the level of one year earlier (0.244).

Table 15b shows that Phyllophora epiphytic biomass values for the three stations did not evidence a common seasonal pattern over the August l 1981 to March 1982 collecting periods. Effluent and Rocky Point showed 57

appreciabic biomass declines of 84.3% and 69.3% respectively between the two periods, while Manomet Point displayed a 45.9% increase.

Table 15b also shows that no single station consistently produced either the highest or lowest Phyllophora epiphytic biomass for tha two collecting periods. Rocky Point and Manomet Point produced the highest and lowest biomass respectively in August, while Manomet Point and Efflu-ent produced the highest and lowest respectively in March. The August Rocky Point value (0.836 g/epiphytic species per g/Phyllophora) was 157.2%

greater than the Effluent value (0.325), and 276.6% greater than the Mano-met Point value (0.222); the March Manomet Point value (0.324) was 26.1%

greater than the Rocky Point value (0.257), and 535.3% greater than the Ef fluent value (0.051) .

One-way ANOVA statistical treatment was applied to the replicate biomass data of August and March to test for statistical differences be-tween stations. Results, which are included in Table lla-c, show that Phyllophora epiphytic biomass differences were not significant for either the August, March, or combined August / March comparison periods. One-way ANOVA treatment was also performed on the composite replicate data of September 1979 through March 1982. Results are given in Table 12, and show that biomass differences between the three stations were again not significant.

Current data were compared with those of one year earlier in order to assess the temporal stability of the Phyllophora epiphytic biomass population at each station. Results of ANOVA treatment are included in Table 13, and show that biomass differences between the two yearly per-iods were significant for both Manomet Point (d.f. = 1/14, f = 8.415, p < .05) and Ef fluent (d.f . = 1/20, f = 28.423, p < .01) . Examination of Table 14 shows that the current year's Manomet Point value (0.273) rep-resents a 51.1% decline from the previous year's level (0.558), while the Effluent value for the current year (0.831) represents an increase of 342.0% over the level of one year ago (0.188). The table also shows that the current year's Rocky Point value (0.547) represents a slight 2.7%

decline from that of one year earlier (0.562).

58

5.4.5 Total algal biomass Total algal biomass data for each station is given in Tables 9 and 10 for the August 1981 and March 1982 collections respectively. The data

~

shows that the three stations registered biomass declines of nearly iden-tical proportion between August and March. Rocky Point and Manomet Point showed respective declines of 32.1T and 33.5% between the two periods, while Effluent displayed a slight greater decline of 38.4%. Lowered March biomass levels have also been recorded from previous years' data, and reflect the seasonal elimination of numerous summer annual and pseudoperennial species over the winter months. More specifically, the reduced March levels are a reflection of a seasonal reduction in the bio-mass of Chondrus crispus, which is the dominant species and single most important contributor to total algal biomass at each station.

Further examination of Tab}es 9 and 10 reveals that, for both the August and March collecting periods, the Effluent station produced the lowest total algal biomass, while Manomet Point produced the highest, and Rocky Point produced intermediate-level values. The x Effluent value for August (483.5 g/m2 ) was 17.1% lower than the corresponding Rocky Point value (583.1 g/m2), and 40.2% lower than the Manomet Point value (808.2 g/m ); similarly, the March Effluent value (297.8 g/m ) 2was 24.8% lower than the Rocky Point value (396.1 g/m ), and 44.6% lower than the Manomet Point value (537.4 g/m ) . An examination of the individual replicates

.lm for the two periods further underscores the biomass differences between the stations. For August, the range of replicate biomass values shown by Effluent (401.5 - 610.6 g/m 2) was appreciably lower than the ranges shown by both Rocky Point (305.1 - 724.1 g/m ) and Manomet Point (687.3 -

969.4 g/m ); the range of Effluent replicate biomass in March (205.8 -

427.4 g/m ) was also lower than the ranges shown by Rocky Point (317.6 -

2 527.5 g/m2 ) and Manomet Point (399.7 - 698.8 g/m ),

One-way ANOVA statistical treatment was applied to the August, March, and combined August / March replicate biomass data to test for significant differences between stations. Results are included in Table lla-c, and show that total algal biomass differences between stations were statis-tically significant for each of the August (d.f. = 2/12, f = 8.176, p < .01) , March (d.f. - 2/12, f = 7.077, p < .01) , and combined August /

March (d.f. = 2/27, f = 8.094, p < .01) comparison periods. A priori 59

comparison of means showed that Effluent biomass was significantly lower than control station biomass for each of the August (d.f. = 1/12, f =

9.513, p < .01) , March (d.f . = 1/12, f = 9.285, p < .05) , and August / March (d.f. = 1/27, f = 9.561, p < .01) comparisons. One-way ANOVA was also performed on the composite replicate data of October 1975 through March 1982. Results, which are given in Table 12, show that biomass differences between the three stations were statistically significant (d.f. = 2/282, f = 21.203, p < .01) . A priori comparison of means showed Effluent biomass to be statistically lower (d.f. = 1/282, f = 5.132, p < .05) than that of either control station.

Current data were ccmpared with those of one year earlier in order g

to examine short-term temporal stability at each station. ANOVA treatment 5 results are included in Table 13, and show that total algal biomass dif-ferences between the current and previous year's data were significant only for Effluent (d.f. = 1/20, f = 6.800, p < .05) . Examination of Table 14 shows that the x Ef fluent biomass value for the current year's collec-tions (390.8 g/m') represents a 28.6% decline from the previous year's 2

level (547.0 g/m ). Rocky Point and Manomet Point showed less extreme biomass declines over the two yearly periods. The current year's Rocky Point value (489.6 g/m2) represents a 22.0% decline from the previous year's level (628.0 g/m 2), while the current year's Manomet Point value (672.7 g/m2 ) represents a slight 5.0% decline from the level of one year 2

earlier (708.2 g/m ),

The significantly lower total algal biomass recorded for the Ef fluent station is primarily a reflection of reduced Chondrus biomass. Although W Effluent has also typically shown greater Phyllophora biomass than the two control stations, this increase has not been sufficient to counter- ,

balance the reduction in Chondrus. Reduced Effluent total algal biotaass has also been reported for the September 1979 through June 1980 (BECo Report No. 16) and the September 1980 through June 1981 (BECo Report No.

18) collecting and reporting periods.

I 60

5.4.6 The Chondrus/Phyllophora condition index study Plant and animal colonization values for Chondrus crispus and Phyl-lophora spp. for August 1981 and March 1982 are presented in Table 16a; condition index values for the two species are given in' Table 17 pas inspection of the tables shows that, for all three stations and in both collecting periods, Phyllophora was more heavily colonized with both epi-phytes and encrusting fauna than was Chondrus.

I It is judged that the higher Phyllophora infestation values reflect, at least in part, the greater capability of Phyllophora to tolerate the increases stresses associated with heavy epiphytic and faunal colonization. Morphologically, the wiry Phyllophora is considerably tougher and sturdier than Chondrus.

As a result of its structural superiority, Phyllophora may be able to withstand levels of infestation which, for Chondrus, would be sufficient to bring about dislodgement from the substratum. Higher Phyllophora colonization and condition index values have also been recorded for the September 1980 through June 1981 (BECo Report No. 18) and the September I 1979 through June 1980 (BECo Report No. 16) collecting periods.

The tables also show that, for all stations, algal and faunal col-onization of both Chondrus and Phyllophora declined markedly between the August and March collecting periods. The decline, which reflects the loss of numerous summer annual species over the winter months, has fre-quently been reported for previous years' collections.

Chondrus colonization values, as seen in Table 16a, showed a mderate degree of variation among stations. Effluent epiphytization values were I lower than those of the two control stations in August; in March, the three stations displayed nearly identical values. Manomet Point and Effluent faunal colonizations values for August were appreciably higher than those for Rocky Point; very similar values, however, were shown by the three stations in March. Chondrus condition index values, as shown in Table 17, were nearly identical for e- atation in each of the two collecting periods. The values shown by all stations were very similar to those which have been reported for previous years' collections.

Phyllophora colonization values, as seen in Table 16b, also showed variations between stations for the two collecting periods. Although the three stations showed markedly similar epiphytization levels in August, 61

Table 16 Colonisation values for Chondrus crispus and Phy11ophora spp. for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point subt f dal (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 1982, a) Chondrus crispus Algal Colonization Faunal Colonization Monomet Pt Effluent Rocky Pt Manomet Pt Effluent Rocky Pt Replicate Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 4 2 1 3 1 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 1 5 3 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 Total 10 6 7 5 14 7 12 8 14 5 5 5 b) Phy11ophora spp.

Algal Colonization Faunal Colonization Manomet Pt Effluent Rocky Pt Manomet Pt Effluent Rocky Pt Replicate Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar Aug Mar 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 1 3 1 4 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 4 2 4 1 2 3 4 3 3 1 2 1 5 2 4 1 2 1 4 2 3 1 3 1 Total 12 14 13 5 12 10 18 10 16 6 11 5 M M M M M M M M

I Table 17. Condition Index values for Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp.

for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent subtidal I (10' MLW) stations for August 1981 and March 1982.

I. Chondrus crispus I Condition Index Collecting period Station August 1981 March 1982 Manomet Point 22 14 Effluent 21 10 Rocky Point 19 12 I

Phyllophora spp.

Condition Index Collecting period Station August 1981 March 1982 Manomet Point 30 24 m Effluent 29 11 Rocky Point 23 15 I

I I

63 l

I Effluent showed appreciably lower values than both Manomet Point and Rocky Point in March. Rocky Point faunal colonization values were slightly lower than those of Manomet Point and Effluent in each of the ,

two collecting periods. Similarly to Chondrus condition index values, Phyllophora condition index values for the three stations were in rel-g atively close agreement for both collecting periods. The Phyllophora "

colonization and condition index values shown by all stations closely B

curresponded to those which have been reported for previous years' col- B lections.

I .

I!

I Il 3!

I l

1 I

ll 64

I ,

i I 6. NATURE AND EXTENT OF DENUDED AND STUNTED AREAS IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF THE DISCHARGE 6 .1. Introduction In January of 1980 we initiated an intensive investigation of the near-field effects of, the PNPS discharge on marine benthic communities (McGrath, 1980). One phase of that stuny comprised a small-scale mapping of the denuded and stunted areas immediately in front of the discharge.

This mapping has now been completed six times: January and August, 1980; August, 1981; and March, May and June, 1982. The results of the latter four mappings are included herein. A full discussion of nethods and additional b'ackground information on the purpose of trcis phase of I the benthic program are included in BECO Semi-Annual Report No. 16.

6.2. August, 1981 Configuration The extent of the near-field benthic stunted and denuded zones immediately offshore from the PNPS discharge is shown in figure 8 . The denuded area, defined as the area essentially devoid of _Chondrus crispus and most other indigenous algal species, extended approximately 85m ofi*-

I shore measured from the mean high water (MHW) mark on the discharge canal jettier. The denuded zone extended considerably futher to the left (west) of the plume centerline, reaching a maximum lateral spread of 16m

~

in that direction. To the right of the canterline the lateral extent of the denuded zone reached a maximum lateral extent of only 9m. The total area contained within this zone, exclusive of the denuded bottom within' 2

the discharge canal itself, was calculated to be approximately 1400m ,

Beyond the denuded zone, the stunted zone, defined as the area where rocks were populated with Chondrus of. reduced density and height, extended offshore 95m from the MHW mark and was somewhat narrower t!han recorded in January, 1980 (BECO, 1980). As was the case for the denuded zone, the stunted zone extended further to the west of the plume centerline than it I did to the right, reaching maximum lateral spread of 27m and 13m, respectively. The outer boundary of the seunted zone was calculated to 2

encompass an area of approximately 2250m .

I I

I 65

0 7

\

t

,# --90

\

' g

/

, s

\

3 9

. \,

8 \

l \

s -

80 1

! t i e

/ 0

, i

/ 3 10 m s' -

70 i n

.r '

4 I i i

\ \

s n

L l

g i 60 '

s' i e' s

,' I

,' i e' 50 '

i

/

l

/

8 3

i e '

I

,' 40 ,'

i 1 s

stunted I denuded 8

, I ,

4 ;

L l I l i n

l i l

--30 ', !

, i 1 i t 8

' l 20 ,

a i

i

/

d

[. ; --10 i:. j

$d

(*

f'

.1,

9 5

El C.

'.1

')

2 l

t. .9 L: l

c. .')

i r. *:.

f? e- -

1 Figure 8. Configuration of the denuded and stunted zones, August 1981.

66

I l i

6.3. March, 1982 Configuration The acute near-field impact zones in March, 1982 (Figure 9 ) were reduced in extent in comparison with those reported previously. The denuded zone extended approximately 70m from the MPR mark'and was nearly symmetrical about the discharge plume centerline, extending laterally 8 - 10m to the right (east) and 10 - 12m to the lef t (west). The total 2

amount of bottom contained within this zone was approximately 1100m ,

I exclusive of the area with the canal itself.

I The stunted zone in March had a configuration very similar to that described above for August, except that it extended only 85m offshore.

As has been noted in previous reports (BECO, 1980), the stunted zone extended further to the left (west) of the discharge plume centerline, reaching a maximum extent of 25m. To the east, the stunted zone was narrower, extending only 15m from the centerline. The stunted zone en-compassed an area calculated to be 1900m2 (including the denuded zone).

6.4. May, 1982 Configuration The results of the May,1982 survey (Figure 10) indicated a con-I siderable increase in the extent of both the denuded and stunted zones in comparison with the March survey. The denuded zone extended off-shore an additional 15 meters in May, reaching approximately the 85m mark; the stunted' zone was similarly increased.

The lateral extent of both areas was also markedly increased, particularly to the left (west) of the plume centerline. The maximum extent of impacts to the west was 36m at the 60m offshore mark giving the shape of this zone a rather unusual appearance. It may be possible that the stunting in this area was not a direct effect of PNPS operation and represented random variation in Chondrus condition that will be I rapidly reversed. To the right (east) of the discharge jet, the lateral extent of the stunted area remained essentially unchanged from previous surveys.

The denuded area was also laterally expanded in comparison with the previous survey though not as markedly so as the stunted zone. The I unusual shape of the stunted area described above was also seen in the denuded area configuration, and produced a greater lateral extent of I .

67

/

I

- 90

,s

,' i e--80 5

,' s

/ I

' I

/ I

/ 1 , ,

s 10 m

', --O t s

I g

\

l \

,i .-60 's

/

g

/

/ l I

/

o' --50 8

a e

a' s f' i E

I s a E

D stunted denuded --40 ,'

i g

\ l s

3 1 0 s !

s 1

C i i I

--30 ,

I I l 1 8

0 t I s

s

9 1

s --20 i s I

's s s, 1 e I

n.

fj --10 [h ;

c:. '; 7. 3 f .- .; F i p:l y ; '$1.

LM ':

'i 'h

'. 21 k::'.) :d 4

r ,

Figure 9. Configuration of the denuded and stunted zones, March 1982.

68 3

,/~'~s e 's f --90 \

/

/ \

\

/ [ g

,/ 's l ,', --80 \, , ,

,' ; 10 m E / \

/ \

/ 1

I

/

l ,/ degud,ed --70 t, t / '

i

/ l s

/ 8 i

/ t

! I etygjed 1 -

-60

\ \

l % 1 l \s 1

\

[

'*%,'s g t

N \

N -

-50 g ;

/

\ /

\

l /

s' I

l I -40 l

t l \

\

I l \

I \

E t I \

\

g ! --30 l l

l I t I l I 1 --20 /

l

\ I I '

\ /

-10

$l' 'h c;-

~

e le k a

h f< w 5- 4 h1..

' it I Figure 10.

r r de Configuration of the denuded and stunted zones, May 1982.

69

I this zone at larger distances offshore than had been seen previously.

To the east, the extent of the denuded zone remained essentially unchanged.

The area encompassed within the denuded zone was calculated to be 1536m , which is the greatest extent of this zone seen to date. The total impacted area (denuded and stunted) in May was 2400m2, 6.5. June, 1982 Configuration The results of the June, 1982 survey indicated few changes from the May description. The denuded zone extended slightly further offshore, passing the 90m mark, but was somewhat reduced in width. The stunted zone had expanded to the west, particularly in the area from 20m to 50m offshore, and was also somewhat more expanded to the east (Figure 11).

The spatial extent of the denuded zone decreased slightly from May to June, and was calculated to be 1346m . The total area contained 2

within both zones increased slightly, however, to 2595m .

6.6. Variation in Impac*. Zone Configuration With data available from six small-scale mappings of the near-field impact zones, we believe that the area has reached a dynamic equilibrium 3 and does not appear to be increasing with continued PNPS operation.

2 The denuded zone encompassed 1140m in January of 1980 and actually 2

appeared to decrease to 947m in August, 1980, a period which was believed to be a seasonal maximum of stress for benthos in the discharge area. The next survey, in August of 1981, recorded the maximum extent seen at that time for the denaded zone (1400m ). Shortly after that survey, PNPS went off-line for refueling and remained off-line until after the March, 1982 mapping. Although the area decreased to 1100m ,

during this time, additiona,1 re-establishment of Chondrus during the shutdown was prevented by winter conditions being not conducive to g

Chondrus germination and growth. "

The May, 1982 showed a sharp increase in the denuded zone (to over l 1500m ) which was probably related to the shock of the station coming back on-line. This situation apparently stabilized rapidly, however, g and the size of the zone decreased slightly between May and June, 1982. El ,

1 The total impact area (including both the denuded and stunted zones) l 70 ,

,,,,- "~~%,s s

/ -- 90 \

,/

/' , \

\

/

I f f

,/

/

i

- 80

\

I # \ l l

/ \ 10 m

/ \

s' \

\

I

/

/ \

,/ --70 l l

/ I I /

l l

l I I I #

i

\

fo"n' d -

-60

\

l g \ w:- \

\ \

l I

\ -- 50 j

\ /

\ ,/

I 's

\

/

--40 l I

s I I

/ I

/ \

' i g

--30 I i l l

i I l 1 I I 4

\

-20 r

i

/

i #

A s

h+s: d;? -

I l'

,h.'i.hf

-10 v.'.

- .$o k

, 4 I (, ' g1 k' $

b f:. d

!:3 I Figure 11. Configuration of the deauded and stunted zones, June 1982.

71

I has undergone a different pattern of changes, and actually reached its maximum extent (2926m ) when the denuded zone was at its least (August, 1980). It is evident that, although it appears that the areas have reached some sort of equilibrium, they are not following a simple seasonal cycle and we are unable to discern a pattern from six surveys spaced over 30 months.

I I

I Il I

Il I

I I

72

I

7.

SUMMARY

7.1 Faunal Summary 7.1.1 Systematics Two new species were added to the list of Plymouth fauna developed by this program. These were Skeneopsis planorbis and Sayella unifasciata, I

two small gastropods which were present in the August 1981 samples. No new species were found in the March 1982 samples.

7.1.2 Community Structure 7.1.2.1 Species Richness Manomet Point had greatest species richness for both samplings fol-lowed, in August, by Rocky Point and Effluent. In March, there was no detectable difference in richness between Rocky Point and Effluent. The depressed species richness at Effluent in August was statistically signif-icant.

7.1.2.2 Faunal Density Manomet Point had greatest densities of faunal organisms for both samplings. In August, this was followed closely by Rocky Point but Ef-fluent densities were much reduced due to the lack of juvenile mussels.

The depressed faunal density at Effluent was highly statistically signifi-cant. In March, there was no discernible difference between Rocky Point and Effluent for this parameter and both locations had moderate densities of mussels.

I 7.1.2.3 Individual Species For the August sampling, four of the ten selected species had abun-dance patterns which were strongly suggestive of an impact due to PNPS at Effluent. These included Margarites umbilicalis and Pleusvmtes glaber, two species which have been identified in the past as apparently being excluded from the Effluent.

I In March, however, there was no evidence of the pattern seen in Aug-ust although this was probably due to the high abundances of all species I at Manomet Point.

I 73

I 7.1.3 Species Dominance Overall similarity of dominance structure was generally similar for all sites and both samplings. In August, however, this relationship was not statistically significant although it has been in the past. This was noted as probably being due only to random variation and, by March, the three dominance structures were again seen to be highly correlated.

7.1.4 Community Overlap Community overlap values remained constant for both samplings at approximately 50-65%. There were no evident differences in within-habitat overlap among the three sites. The amount of overlap seen during the year is slightly lower than in previous years but is not believed to be indic-ative of a trend at this point.

7.1.5 Species Diversity The Ef fluent station had higher diversity (H') and evenness (J') than the two control sites in August. As discussed in previous reports, these parameters are largely controlled by mussel densities, and the lack of a dense mussel population at Effluent in August was responsible for these results. The influx of juvenile mussels in March produced lower diversi-ties througnout the area, carticularly at Manomet Point, where diversities and evenness were lower than at Rocky Point or Effluent.

7.1.6 Classification Analysis bue to hardware changes at Woods Hole's computing facility, it was not possible to perform the full suite of classification analyses that had been conducted for previous reports. However, similar routines were used to provide nearly equivelant information.

In August, the replicates from the Effluent site were clearly unlike Rocky Point and Manomet Point, presumably due to PNPS impact. This has been the typical pattern seen in previous years. The same pattern also prevailed in March although the dendrogram did not distinguish the Efflu- I ent site as clearly as in August. The overall conclusions from this anal-ysis are of slight but clearly evident changes in community structure at I the Effluent station due to PNPS operation.

I I;

I 7.2 Algal Summary 7.2.1 Algal Systematics No previously unrecorded algal taxa have been added to the PNPS species list as a consequence of analysis of the August 1981 and March 1982 collections. No taxonomic or nomenclatural changes in the cumula-tive species list have been made since the most recent report. Taxonomic determinations were based upon the works of Parke and Dixon (1976), South (1976), and Taylor (1957).

7.2.2 Algal Community Description The Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point subtidal (10' MLW) rock substratum stations were dominated by Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp., with Polyides rotundus, Corallina officinalis, and Ahnfeltia plicata occurring in lesser densities. Laminaria saccharina and L. digitata oc-curred singly or in dense clusters t'hroughout the survey region. The most conspicuous epiphytes were Spermothamnion repens, Polysiphonia spp., and I Ceramium rubrum. Hildenbrandia rubra, Phymatolithon spp., and Ralfsia spp. dominated the crustose community.

7.2.3 Community Overlap Community overlap analyses were performed between stations, as well as between replicates of the same station, using Jaccard's Coefficient of Community. Replicate overlap values for August 1981 and March 1982 ware I found to be similar for the Effluent, Manomet Point, and Rocky Point sta-tions. The results indicate that the spatial distribution of the algal I community was similar at the three stations. Direct comparisons between stations yielded high values, indicating that species composition at the three stations was very similar. Results are in agreement with those obtained from previous years' data.

Examination of species occurrence records for August 1981 and March 1982 revealed that the typically warm-water species Gracilaria foliifera and Bryopsis plumosa were found only at the Effluent station. Both taxa have, in previous years, commonly been encountered at all stations along the Effluent transect, but not at stations along control station transects.

The continued presence of the two species at Effluent is judged to be a thermal consequence of PNPS discharge.

I 75

I 7.2.4 Algal Biomass 7.2.4.1 Chondrus crispus Biomass Chondrus crispus biomass declined at all stations between the August 1981 and March 1982 collecting periods. The magnitude of the decline was 74% for Rocky Point, 53% for Effluent, and 50% for Manomet Point. Lowered March Chondrus biomass has also been observed for previous years' collec-tions, and is attributed to reduced winter germination and growth rates coupled with population losses suffered as a consequence of harsh winter storms.

Effluent Chondrus biomass was significantly lower than that of Rocky Point and Manomet Point for August 1981 and for the combined collections of August 1981/ March 1982. Lower Effluent biomass was also recorded for March 1982, although differences between stations were not statistically significant. Effluent biomass was also found to be significantly lower than control station biomass when the composite data of October 1975 through bbrch 1982 were tested. Significantly lower Effluent Chondrus biomass has also been demonstrated for previous years' collections, and is attributed to the abundance of sand and gravel substratum at the Ef-fluent station in conjunction with the high current velocity and sedimen-tation associated with the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) discharge plume. Chondrus is known to be particularly adversely affected by the scouring and abrasion associated with such conditions.

Chondrus biomass for the current year's collections (August 1981 and March 1982) was lower than that recorded for the preceding year's collec-tions at all stations. The decline in biomass between the two yearly pe-riods was 40% for Effluent, 35% for Rocky Point, and 4% for Manomet Point.

Differences between the two yearly periods were not statistically signifi-cant for any station.

7.2.4.2 Phyllophora spp. Biomass Phyllophora spp. did not evidence a uniform seasonal biomass pattern for the three stations. Manomet Point and Rocky Point biomass increased by 12% and 101% respectively between the August and March collections, while Effluent showed a 30% biomass decline over the same period. The data are consistent with previous years' findings, as Phyllonhora spp.

has historically failed to display consistent seasonal biomass patterns. um 76

I Effluent Phy11ophora biomass was significantly higher than that of both control stations for August 1981, but not for March 1982 or for the combined August 1981/ March 1982 periods. Effluent biomass was, however, I found to be significantly higher than control station biomass for the composite data of October 1975 through March 1982. The findings are only in partial agreement with'those which have been reported for previous years' data. In the past, Effluent has consistently shown significantly higher Phyllophora biomass than Manomet Point and Rocky Point. The tra-ditionally higher Effluent biomass is considered to be a result of the greater capability of Phyllophora to tolerate the large amounts of sand and sediments which characterize the Effluent station substratum. The PNPS discharge plume is judged to contribute to the high concentration of sand and sediments at the Effluent station. Effluent Phyllophora may also benefit from reduced competitio3 from Chondrus.

A comparison of current year's biomass data with those of the preced-I ing year indicates that the Phyllophora population at each station has re-mained relatively stable during the two-year period. Manomet Point and Effluent showed biomass increases of 21% and 11% respectively over the two I yearly periods, while Rocky Point displayed a 6% decline. Differences be-tween the two periods were not statistically significant for any station.

7.2.4.3 Biomass of the Remaining Benthic Species The three stations did not display a common seasonal pattern for re-I maining benthic species biomass for the August and March collecting peri-ods. Rocky Point and Effluent showed biomass increases of 100% and 129%

E respectively between the two periods, while Manomet Point showed a 30%

decline. Data are in overall agreement with those which have been report-ed for previous years' collections, as remaining benthic species biomass has traditionally failed to display consistent seasonal patterns.

Effluent remaining benthic species biomass was not significantly different from that of control stations for either the August 1981, March 1982, combined August / March, or composite September 1979 through March 1982 periods. The data also showed Manomet Point to have exhibited gen-erally lower biomass than that of both Rocky Point and Effluent for all periods. The data are consistent with those of previous years.

Remaining benthic species biomass for the current year's collections g

I was higher than that recorded for the preceding year's collections for all stations. The increase in biomass between the two yearly periods was 84%

for Effluent, 16% for Rocky Point, and 5% for Manomet Point. Differences between the two yearly periods were not statistically significant for any station.

7.2.4.4 Biomass of the Epiphytic Species The Phyllophora epiphytic fraction showed higher biomass than the Chondrus epiphytic fraction at all three stations for both the August and March collecting periods. It is theorized that the higher Phyllophora epiphytism values reflect, at least in part, the greater capability of Phyllophora to withstand the increased stresses associated with heavy in- g festation. 5 The three stations displayed similar seasonal patterns of high August biomass and low March biomass for both the Chondrus and Phyllophora epi-I

=

phytic fractions. Lowered March biomass has also been reported from pre-vious years' data, and largely reflects the elimination of the summer an-nual epiphytic species over the winter months.

Effluent epiphytic biomass was not significantly different from that of the control stations for either the August 1981, March 1982, combined March / August, or composite September 1979 through March 1982 periods. The data showed that Chondrus epiphytic biomass was higher at Rocky Point than at Manomet Point and Effluent throughout the period, while Phyllophora epiphytic biomass levels were generally similar for all three stations.

Chondrus epiphytic biomass for the current year's collections was lower than that recorded for the prior year's collections at all stations.

The decline in biomass between the two yearly periods was 72% for Efflu-ent, 13% for Manomet Point, and 2% for Rocky Point. The decline was sta-tistically significant only for Effluent. Changes in Phyllophora epiphy-tic biomass levels since the preceding year's collections did not follow a uniform pattern for the three stations. Rocky Point and Manomet Point showed biomass declines of 3% and 51% respectively over the two yearly 3 periods, while Ef fluent displayed a 342% increase. Differences between the two periods were statistically significant for Manomet Point and Ef-fluent.

I

'8 I

I 7.2.4.5 Total Algal Bicmass Total algal biomass declined at all stations between the August and March collections. The extent of the decline was 32% for Rocky Point, 33% for Manomet Point, and 38% for Effluent. Lowered March biomass levels have also been recorded from previous years' data, and are attributed to the seasonal elimination of numerous summer annual and pseudoperrenial species (particularly Chondrus) over the winter months.

Effluent total algal biomass was significantly lower than that of botl' control stations for the August 1981, March 1982, combined March /

I August, and composite October 1975 through March 1982 periods. The find-ings are consistent with those which have been reported for previous years' data. The lower Effluent biomass is primarily a reflection of the smaller Effluent Chondrus population.

Total algal biomass for the current year's collections was lower than that recorded for the preceding year's collections at all stations.

The decline in biomass over the two yearly periods was 29% for Effluent, 22% for Rocky Point, and 5% for Manomet Point. Differences between the two yearly periods were statistically significant only for the Effluent station. For all three stations, the declines were primarily reflections of lowered Chondrus biomass in the current year's collections.

7.2.4.6 Chondrus/Phyllophora condition index study Phyllophora showed higher levels of infestation by encrusting faunal and epiphytic algal species than Chondrus at all stations in both August 1981 and March 1982. The morphologically sturdier Phyllophora is consid-ered to be more resistant to the increased stresses associated with heavy plant and animal colonization.

Colonization and condition index values for both Chondrus and Phyl-lophora were generally similar st all stations, although a moderate de-gree of variation was exhibited by the three stations for both the August and March collections. The findings are in general agreement with those which have been reported for previous years' data, and indicate an over-all equality of epiphytization and encrustation levels throughout the I survey region.

I I

I 7.3. Nature and Extent of Denuded and Stunted Areas 7.3.1. August, 1981 Configuration The denuded zone in August of 1981 extended 85m offshore from the I mean high water mark on the discharge canal jetties and was more laterally g

expanded to the left (west) of the discharge. The total area within the 5 2

denuded zone was 1400m , nearly 50% larger than the area of the August 1980 denuded zone.

The stunted zone extended 95m offshore, also being more extensive laterally to the left side of the discharge centerline. The total area 2

within both impacted zones was 2250m , considerably smaller than the 2

2926m recorded in August 1980.

7.3.2. March, 1982 Configuration A survey of near-field impact zone configuration in March, 1982, ,

following several months of refueling outage, indicated some reductions in the size of the denuded and stunted areas. The denuded zone extended approximately 70m offshore and was nearly symmetrical about the plume 2

centerline. The denuded zone included 1100m , a considerable reduction 2

from the August value of 1400m and an area equivalent to that seen in January of 1980 (1140m ). l 7.3.3. May, 1982 Configuration The results of the May 1982 survey indicated a significant increase in area of both zones compared with March. The impacted area extended 85m offshore, 15m further than March and was considerably wider, especially to the west. I 2

The denuded zone in May encompassed an area of 1536m , the largest l

area included in this zone since the initiation of the survey in January 2

1980. The total impacted area, however, included only 2400m , which represents an increase over March but is still well below the maximum area recorded thus far.

7.3.4. June, 1982 Configuration There was relatively little change in the extent of the impact areas between the May and June surveys. The denuded zone extended slightly further offshore, but was also narrower and represented a slight reduction in denuded 80 g

I I

2 bottom area, to 1346m . The total impacted area in June was a slight l 1

2 increase over May and encompassed 2595m , still less than the maximum {

area recorded.

I I

.I

, I lI I .

I I

81

I LITERATURE CITED Abbot, R.T. 1974. American Seashells. 2nd Ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York, New York. 663p.

Boston Edison Co. 1978. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 12.

1979. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 13.

1979. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 14.

1980. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of g Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 15. 5 1980. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 16.

1981. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 17.

1981. Marine ecology studies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 18.

1982. Marine ecology c.udies related to the operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report No. 19.

Gaufin, A.R., E.K. Harris and H.J. Walter. 1956. A statistical eval-uation of stream bottom sampling data obtained from three standard samplers. Ecology 37(4):643-648.

Greig-Smith, P. 1964. Quantitative plant ecology. 2nd Ed. Butter-worths, Washington. 256p.

McGrath R.A. 1980. Assessment of near-field impacts of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station thermal discharge on marine benthic commu- g nitles and the gastropod Margarites umbilicalis. Report to g Boston Edison Company, Boston, Massachusetts, ll6p.

Newroth, P.R. 1970. A study of the genus Phyllophora Grev. Ph.D.

Thesis, University of New Brunswick. 313p.

Parke, M., and P. Dixon. 1976. Checklist of the British marine algae 3 3rd revision. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of 3 the United Kingdom. 56:527-594.

Prince, J.S. 1971. An ecological study of the marine red algae Chondrus crispus in the waters off Plymouth, Massachusetts.

Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell University. 177p.

I 82

I LITERATURE CITED (continued)

I Sokal, R.R., and F. Rohlf.

San Francisco. 775p.

1969. Biometry. W.H. Freeman and Company, I South, G.R. 1976. A checklist of marine algae of Eastern Canada.

revision. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. 56:817-843.

1st Taylor, W.R. 1957. Marine algae of the northeastern coast of North America. 2nd Ed. University of Michigan Press. Ann Arbor, Michigan. 509p.

I I

lI I

I I

II I

I

'I

'I I

I

, e5

I Appendix la. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m2 ) faunal data for Rocky Point, August 1981.

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./mZ)

COELENTERATA Haliclystus salpinx 100 228 212 240 140 1,690 Metridium senile -

16 12 8 32 125 PLATYHELMINTHES Notoplana atomata -

24 8 -

4 66 NEMERTEA Nemertea - - - - - -

Oerstedia dorsalis -

20 16 12 12 110 MOLLUSCA Acmaea testudinalis 12 16 '8 - -

66 Aeolidia papillosa - - - - - -

Alvania areolata 16 -

12 4 4 66 g Anomia simplex - - 4 - -

7 g Anomia aculeata - - - - - -

Bivalvia 4 - - - -

7 Cerastoderma pinnulatum 36 8 8 20 20 169 Crepidula plana 8 4 -

4 24 73 Crepidula sp. - - - - - -

Diaphana minuta 4 -

4 - -

15 g Ensis directus - - - - - -

3 Gastropoda (juvenile) - - - - - -

Hiatella arctica 204 324 432 244 808 3,695 g Hydrobia minuta 12 - - - -

22 g Lacuna vincta 140 64 80 188 168 1,175 Lepidochiton ruber - - - - - -

Littorina littorea 4 -

4 - -

15 Margarites umbilicalis 560 664 1,604 812 1,500 9,440 Mitrella lunata -

4 4 -

4 22 Modiolus modiolus - - - - - -

g Mya arenaria 4 - - -

8 22 3 Mytilus edulis 2,396 2,140 2,972 2,468 8,432 33,822 Nudibrachia (juvenile) - - - - - -

g Odostomia bartschi - - - -

8 15 g Omalogyra atomus 4 -

4 - -

15 Onchidoris aspera 16 52 76 36 52 426 Onoba aculea 128 52 88 84 164 948 Petricola pholadiformis 20 8 20 16 48 206 Sayella unifasciata - - - - - -

4 4 15 Siliqua costata - -

E Skeneopsis planorbis - - - -

4 7 5 Tellina agilis 8 24 4 -

44 147 Turbonilla interrupta - - - -

ANNELIDA m Ampharetidae - - - -

4 7 Amphitrite sp. - - -

4 -

7 Aricidea jeffreysii -

4 -

15 84

I .

I Appendix la.(continued)

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 )

Asabellides oculata - -

4 4 . 15 Autolytus prismaticus I

Capitella capitata - -

4 -

8 22 Capitellidae -

4 -

4 4 22 Chaetozone sp. - - - - - -

I Cirratulus cirratus Cirratulus grandis Clymenella torquata 4

7 I Dodecaceria coralii Dorvilleidae Eteone longa 7 7 I Eulalia viridis 4 4 - -

4 22 Eumida sanguinea - - - - - -

Exogone hebes - - - - - -

Fabricia sabella - - - -

12 22 Harmothoe imbricata 32 108 80 48 84 646 Hirudinea - - - - - -

Lepidonotus squamatus - -

4 4 4 22 Maldanidae - - - - - -

Naineris quadricuspida -

16 4 -

8 51 Nereis arenaceodonta - - - -

4 7 I 15 Nereis pelagica -

8 - - -

Nereis zonata 4 -

20 4 8 66 Nereidae -

32 - -

12 81 Nicolea venustula -

52 40 48 28 309 Oligochaeta -

12 4 8 4 51 Orbiniidae - -

4 - -

7 Paraonis fulgens - - - - - -

I Pectinaria gouldii Pholoe minuta Phyllodoce maculata -

8 28 4

12 4

20 40 8

12 4

24 20 15 132 191 I Phyllodocidae - - - - - -

Polychaeta - - - - - -

Polycirrus sp. 16 12 4 12 4 88 Polydora sp. - - - - - -

Potamilla reniformis Sabellaria vulgaris Sabellidae - - - - - -

I Spionidae 4 7 Stauronereis caecus - - - - -

Streblospio benedicti 7

I Syllidae - - - -

7 Tharyx acutus -

4 4 - -

15 ARTHROPODA Aeginina longicornis 40 92 84 80 88 705 Amphithoe rubricata 96 440 120 112 216 1,807 Amphipoda 196 296 160 172 108 1,712 Anoplodactylus lentus - - - - - -

I Calliopius laevisculus 24 80 32 68 72 544 I

85

Il i Appendix la. (continued) l PHYLUM Replicate Station g Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 ) g Cancer irroratus 20 12 12 16 16 147 Cancer borealis 8 -

8 -

8 44 E Capre11a penantis 1,808 1,828 4,028 2,900 3,704 26,204 5 Caprellidae 20 - -

116 24 294 Corophium acutum 128 352 232 76 224 1,858 Corophium bonelli 48 936 256 88 516 3,387 Crangon septemspinosa - - - - - -

Cytherois zostericola 8 4 - -

12 37 Cytheridea americana 152 48 76 164 116 1,021 Decapoda - - - - - -

Dexamine thea 932 1,480 1,512 944 1,340 11,401 Diastylis sp.

Edotea triloba 4

4 4

4 29 l

m Eualus pusiolus 4 16 16 -

16 96 Idotea phosphorea 44 544 268 112 200 2,145 g Idotea balthica 20 172 8 20 56 507 g Ischyrocerus anguipes .- 24 16 12 28 147 Jaera marina - - - -

12 22 Jassa falcata 8 48 8 52 36 279 Marinogammarus stoerensis - - - - - -

Ostracoda sp. 1 8 - - -

16 44 Ostracoda sp. 2 -

12 -

4 4 37 E Ostracoda sp. 3 - -

20 4 20 81 E Ostracoda sp. 4 - - - - - -

Oxyurostylis smithi 4 12 8 -

4 51 g Pagurus longicarpus 4 - - - -

7 g Phoxichilidium femoratum 4 - -

8 4 29 Phoxocephalus holbelli 88 64 80 68 160 845 Pleusymtes glaber 16 56 72 36 112 536 Polygordius sp. 4 4 - -

8 37 Pontogeneia inermis 100 104 16 16 40 507 Proboloides holmesi - - - - - -

Protohaustorius deichamannae- - - - - -

ECHINODERMATA l Amphipholis squamata 4 - -

8 -

22 )

Asterias forbesi 8 16 24 12 16 140 ;

Henricia sanguinolenta - - - - - -

Ophiopholis aculeata 12 52 24 -

16 191 g, Strongylocentrotus 3!

droehbachiensis 208 88 156 72 84 1,117 CHORDATA g Colonial ascidacea -

'4 4 -

8 37 3 ,

I Solitary ascidacea 24 8 4 28 52 213 I'

I 86 I

I I Appendix lb. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2 ) faunal data for Effluent, Aucust 1981.

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 )

I COELENTERATA Haliclystus salpinx Metridium senile 128 100 8

100 4 20 160 12 200 81 1,264 I PLATYHELMINTHES Notoplana atomata - -

4 4 -

15 NEMERTEA Nemertea 8 8 8 28 4 103 Oerstedia dorsalis - - - - - -

MOLLUSCA Acmaea testudinalis 20 - -

4 -

44 Aeolidia papillosa 12 4 8 16 -

73 Alvania areolata - -

4 - -

7 Anomia simplex - - - - - -

i Anomia aculeata - - - - - -

Bivalvia - - - - - -

I Cerastoderma pinnulatum 8 15 Crepidula plana 16 -

8 16 8 88 Crepidula sp. -

12 - - -

22 Diaphana minuta 4 4 15 I

Ensis directus - - - - - -

Gastropoda (juvenile) - - - -

8 15 Hiatella arctica 92 92 128 68 44 779 I Hydrobia minuta Lacuna vincta Lepidochiton ruber 16 80 56 140 92 705 I Littorina littorea - - - - - -

Margarites umbilicalis 16 12 20 20 4 132 Mitrella lunata - - - - - -

Modiolus modiolus - - - - - -

Mya arenaria - - - - - -

Mytilus edulis 1,060 1,032 1,272 1,140 1,050 10,200 1 Nudibrachia (juvenile) - - - - - -

I Odostomia bartschi Omalogyra atomus Onchidoris aspera 44 20 152 48 72 617 I Onoba aculea 8 15 Petricola pholadiformis - - -

16 4 37 Sayella unifasciata - - - - - -

Siliqua costata -

I Skeneopsis planorbis - - - - - -

Tellina agilis 8 4 -

16 -

51 Turbonilla interrupta - - - - - -

ANNELIDA Ampharetidae - - - - - -

Amphitrite sp. - - - - - -

Aricidea jeffreysii - - - - - -

87

1 Appendix lb.(continued)

PHYLUM Replicate Station ;

Species 1 2 3 4 5- (No./m2 )

Asabellides oculata - - - -

gI Autolytus prismaticus Capitella capitata 8

3l 15 Capitellidae 4 - - - -

7 Chaetozone sp. - - - - - - !

Cirratulus cirratus - - - - - - I Cirratulus grandis - - -

8 12 37 Clymenella torquata - - - - - -

l Dodecaceria coralli -

4 - - -

7 I Dorvilleidae - - - - -- -

Eteone longa 8 - -

4 -

22 Eulalia viridis -

4 12 4 8 51 Eumida sanguinea -

4 - - -

7 Exogone hebes - - - - - -

Fabricia sabella - - - - - -

Harmothoe imbricata 4 12 20 24 12 114 l Hirudinea '

Lepidonotus squamatus - - - - - -

Maldanidae - - - - - -

2 Naineris quadricuspida - - - - - -

Nereis arenaceodonta - - - - - -

E Nereis pelagica Nereis zonata 16 20 40 16 151 3

Nereidae - -

12 - -

22 Nicolea venustula -

4 -

16 8 51 Oligochaeta 4 - -

56 -

110 Orbiniidae - - - - - -

Paraonis fulgens - - - -

4 7 Pectinaria gouldii - - -

8 -

15 Pholoe minuta 4 - -

8 -

22 Phyllodoce maculata 20 8 4 32 20 154 g Phyllodocidae 4 - - - -

7 g Polychaeta - - -

4 -

7 Polycirrus sp. - - - - - -

g Polydora sp. - - - - - -

g Potamilla reniformis - - - - - -

Sabellaria vulgaris 4 - - - -

7 Sabellidae - - - - - -

l Spionidae - - -

4 -

7 E Stauronereis caecus - - -

4 -

7 Streblospio benedicti - - - - - -

g Syllidae - - - - - -

g Tharyx acutus - - -

12 -

22 ARTHROPODA Aeginina longicornis 40 12 52 32 16 279 Amphithoe rubricata 168 244 156 228 180 1,792 Amphipoda 120 208 20 116 -

852 g Anoplodactylus lentus - - -

4 -

7 g Calliopius laevisculus 60 228 120 244 276 1,704 88

I Appendix lb.(continued)

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 )

Cancer irroratus 12 4 28 56 56 287 Cancer borealis 20 8 4 12 12 103 Caprella penantis 272 372 264 1,388 300 4,768 Capre111dae - -

28 64 -

169 Corophium acutum 236 268 248 292 96 2,094 Corophium bonelli 156 144 188 396 292 2,160 Crangon septemspinosa - - - - - -

Cytherois zostericola - - -

4 -

7 Cytheridea americana -

8 -

36 12 103 Decapoda 8 4 8 4 4 51 Dexamine thes 388 420 144 492 192 3,055 Diastylis sp. 4 I

7 Edotes triloba 12 16 -

4 24 103 Eualus pusiolus 4 4 4 8 -

37 Idotea phosphorea 220 436 620 232 208 3,152 Idotea balthica 8 64 72 12 88 448 Ischyrocerus anguipes 4 - -

4 -

15 Jaera marina - - - - - -

I Jassa falcata Marinogammarus stoerensis Ostracoda sp. 1 416 4

76 4

364 4

164 12 68 1,998 7

37 Ostracoda sp. 2 I

4 -

7 Ostracoda sp. 3 4 - -

4 -

15 Ostracoda sp. 4 4 - -

16 -

37 0xyurostylis smithi - - - - - -

Pagurus longicarpus 8 8 4 4 12 66 Phoxichilidium femoratum - - - - - -

Phoxocephalus holbelli -

12 -

8 4 44 I Pleusymtes glaber Polygordius sp.

Pontogeneia inermis 20 12 44 20 20 144 60 40 12 240 56 180 68 208 536 624 1,087 Proboloides holmesi 4 7 I

Protohaustorius deichamannae- - - - - -

ECHINODERMATA I Amphipholis squamata 4 7 Asterias forbesi 56 56 44 60 56 500 Henricia sanguinolenta - - - - - -

Ophiopholis aculeata 12 16 8 - -

66 I Strongylocentrotus droehbachiensis 28 32 44 16 16 250 I

CHORDATA Colonial ascidacea - - - - - -

Solitary ascidacea 4 -

12 8 4 51 8e ll

I Appendix lc. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m2 ) faunal data for Manomet Point, August 1981.

PHYLUM Replicate Station I

Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2)

COELENTERATA Haliclystus salpinx - -

8 - -

15 Metridium senile - - - - - -

PLATYHELMINTHES Notoplana atomata 42 10 12 2 8 136 NEMERTEA l Nemertea 4 4 12 -

4 44 W Oerstedia dorsalis - -

8 - -

15 MOLLUSCA Acmaea testudinalis 8 4 4 6 -

40 Aeolidia papillosa - - - - - -

Alvania areolata E Anomia simplex 4 -

4 4 -

22 3 Anomia aculeata 2 2 - - -

7 Bivalvia - - - -

8 15 Cerastoderma pinnulatum 42 8 128 22 184 705 Crepidula plana 12 2 20 8 16 107 Crepidula sp. - - - - - -

Diaphana minuta 4 2 4 6 -

29 Ensis directus - - - - - -

Gastropoda (juvenile) - - - - - -

Hiatella arctica 422 412 1828 682 840 7,684 Hydrobia minuta - - - - - -

Lacuna vincta 112 114 104 188 104 1,142 Lepidochiton ruber - -

8 4 -

22 g Littorina littorea - - - - - -

g Margarites umbilicalis 562 472 632 494 848 5,524 Mitrella lunata - - - - - -

Modiolus modiolus -

2 - - -

4 Mya at.r M- 2 - - - -

4 Mytilus edulis 5,500 2,286 8,114 2,200 6,472 45,128 Nudibrachia (juvenile) -

20 4 12 -

66 g Odostomia bartschi 8 2 12 2 -

44 5 Omalogyra atomus - - - - - -

Onchidoris aspera 310 178 260 192 328 2,329 g 44 112 Onoba aculea Petricola pholadiformis 94 74 8

128 830 15 5

Sayella unifasciata - -

4 - -

7 Siliqua costata - - - - - -

Skeneopsis planorbis - - - - - - =

Tellina agilis - -

8 -

16 44 Turbonilla interrupta - -

4 6 16 48 ANNELIDA Ampharetidae - - - - - -

Amphitrite sp. - - - - - -

Aricidea jeffreysii - -

4 - -

7 90

Appendix Ic -(continued)

I PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2)

Asabellides oculata 2 4 8 -

8 40 Autolytus prismaticus 2 - - - -

4 Capitella capitata -

2 12 - -

26 Capitellidae - - -

4 8 22 Chaetozone sp. 4 I

7 Cirratulus cirratus - -

4 - -

7 Cirratulus grandis - - - - - -

Clymenella torquata - - - - - -

I Dodecaceria coralii Dorvilleidae Eteone longa 10 8

2 8

4 37 22 I Eulalia viridis Eumida sanguinea Exogone hebes 16 4

4 4

12 2

16 114 7

7 Fabricia sabella I

Harmothoe imbricata 60 34 32 58 64 455 Hirudinea 4 - - - -

7 Lepidonotus squamatus -

2 - - -

4 Maldanidae - - -

2 8 19 Naineris quadricuspida 4 2 8 2 -

29 Nereis arenaceodonta - - - -

32 59 I Nereis pelagica Nereis zonata Nereidae 12 18 28 18 16 169 Nicolea venustula 154 96 332 66 136 1,440 I Oligochaeta Orbiniidae 12 4

24 73 Paraonis fulgens - - - - - -

Pectinaria gouldii - - - - - -

l Pholoe minuta 2 2 8 8 8 51 l Phyllodoce maculata 10 6 48 6 48 217 Phyllodocidae lE Polychaeta l3 - - - - - -

Polycirrus sp. -

4 4 -

8 29 Polydora sp. 20 37 I

Potamilla reniformis -

2 - - -

4 Sabellaria vulgaris - - - - - -

Sabe111dae 2 - - - -

4 Spionidae - - -

2 -

4 Stauronereis caecus - - - - - -

l Streblospio benedicti - - -

4 -

7

! Syllidae - -

4 -

8 22 Tharyx acutus - - - - - -

ARTHROPODA Aeginina longicornis 178 108 36 116 120 1,025 Amphithoe rubricata 120 188 160 408 136 1,859 Amphipoda 340 136 88 320 224 2,035 Anoplodactylus lentus - - - - - -

Calliopius laevisculus 200 156 240 768 160 2,799

Appendix 1c.(continued) 1 PHYLUM Replicate Species 1 2 3 4 5 Station (No./m2 )

l' g !

Cancer irroratus 56 16 48 24 80 411 Cancer borealis 8 12 -

4 16 73 Caprella penantis 2,328 988 1,332 1,828 2,960 17,330 Caprellidae 2 - - -

56 107 Corophium acutum 404 524 200 568 296 3,658 E

Corophium bonelli 140 296 240 248 208 2,079 m Crangon septemspinosa 4 - - - -

7 Cytherois zostericola - - -

4 -

7 Cytheridea americana - -

8 12 -

37 Decapoda 8 8 -

12 -

51 Dexamine thea 264 180 312 368 240 2,505 Diastylis sp. - - - - - -

Edotea triloba - - - - - -

Eualus pusiolus 26 6 8 20 24 154 Idotea phosphorea 422 346 224 394 625 3,691 g Idotea balthica 28 52 -

60 16 287 E Ischyrocerus anguipes -

48 32 80 -

294 Jaera marina - - - - - -

Jassa falcata 432 1012 144 872 456 5,355 Marinogammarus stoerensis - - - - - -

Ostracoda sp. 1 - -

8 10 8 48 Ostracoda sp. 2 - - -

6 -

11 Ostracoda sp. 3 - - - - - -

Ostracoda sp. 4 2 -

4 2 -

15 0xyurostylis smithi - - - - - -

Pagurus longicarpus - - -

2 -

4 Phoxichilidium femoratum -

4 - - -

7 Phoxocephalus holbelli -

4 - -

8 26 Pleusymtes glaber 692 384 472 784 640 5,458 Polygordius sp. - - -

4 -

7 Pontogeneia inermis 140 132 64 120 120 1,058 Proboloides holmesi -

8 -

16 8 59 Protohaustorius deichamannae- 4 - - -

7 ECHINODERMATA Amphipholis squamata 34 12 16 14 32 198 Asterias forbesi 52 12 24 34 56 327 Henricia sanguinolenta 8 2 - - -

18 Ophiopholis aculeata 34 8 12 40 48 261 Strongylocentrotus droehbachiensis 116 20 148 66 80 790 CHORDATA Colonial ascidacea 8 4 -

2 8 40 Solitary ascidacea 40 12 36 50 104 444 I

92

I Appendix 2a. Replicate (total nu bers of species) and station (numbers 2

of species per m ) faunal data for Rocky Point, March 1982.

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2)

I NEMERTEA Nemertea 16 4 10 55 Oerstedia dorsalis 2 4 MOLLUSCA l Aeolidia papillosa 4 7 Anomia simplex 2 2 7 j Bivalvia unid. 2 4 i

Cerastoderma pinnulatum 2 2 7 Crepidula plana 6 4 2 4 29 I Diaphana minuta 8 2 4 26 Gastropoda unid. 4 7 Gastropoda juvenile 4 7 Hiatella arctica 10 16 10 66 I Lacuna vincta 347 380 298 680 602 4286 l Littorina littorea 16 14 10 6 17 116 l Lunatia heros 4 10 26 Margarites umbilicalis 24 50 8 90 46 400 Mitrella lunata 44 80 24 38 18 375 Mya arenaria 2 2 7 Mytilis edulis 2244 956 3540 5280 3048 27673 Omalogyra atomus 10 18 I Onchidoris aspera Onoba acules Petricola pholadiformis 6

24 2

14 94 10 26 4

116 6

122 30 37 702 95 Spisula solidissima 6 11 Tellina agilis 8 15 ANNELIDA Cirratulis grandis 2 4 l3 Dodecaceria coralii 2 4 ll Harmothoe imbricata 4 58 12 56 44 320 Minuspio sp. 4 7 Naineris quadricuspida 2 4 Nephtydae 2 4 Nephtys caeca 2 2 7 Nereis pelagica 4 4 15 Nicolea venustula 2 2 2 6 4 29 Pholoe minuta 10 20 6 14 92 Phyllodoce maculata 12 8 4 4 62 I

6 Polygordius sp. 2 4 ARTHROPODA Aeginina longicornis 6 11 i

Amphithoe rubricata 4 24 16 48 8 180 Amphipoda juvenile 116 32 72 56 16 536 Anoplodactylus lentus 2 4 l

93

I Appendix 2a (continued).

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2)

Calliopius laevisculus 860 468 4688 2160 92 15184 Cancer irroratus 4 20 8 8 73 Caprella penantis 562 112 318 352 222 2876 Corophium acutum 588 176 464 472 144 3387 Corophium bonelli 88 40 104 152 52 801 Cytheridea americana 2 2 14 33 g Dexamine thea 328 164 376 664 252 3276 g Edotea triloba 2 2 7 Eualus pusiolus 2 2 7 g idotea balthica Idotea phosphorea 20 30 4

44 4

14 28 54 32 88 162 422 g

Ischyrocerus anguipes 68 28 16 48 16 323 Jassa falcata 288 84 352 176 76 1792 Leptochelia savignyi 2 4 Pagurus longicarpus 2 4 11 Phoxocephalus holbo111 8 44 8 16 48 228 Pleusymtes glaber 4 40 8 4 103 Pontogeneia inermis 168 56 368 216 32 1543 Proboloides holmesi 16 29 ECHINODERMATA Amphipholis squamata 2 4 2 15 Asterias forbesi 6 2 2 18 g Ophiopholis aculeata 4 7 g Strongylocentrotus droehbachiensis 2 8 2 8 6 48 CHORDATA Solitary ascidacea 6 2 15

, I 1

l l

l 94

I I Appendix 2b. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2 ) faunal data for Effluent, March 1982.

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 )

I NEMERTEA Nemertea 5 6 4 28 Oerstedia dorsalis 2 4 MOLLUSCA Aeolidia papillosa 9 6 39 30 20 191 Anomia simplex 2 4 Bivalvia juvenile 2 4 Crepidula plana 2 4 Gastropoda unid. 1 2 Hiatella arctica 4 2 11 Lacuna vincta 447 564 832 1082 416 6136 Littorina littorea 73 56 28 60 104 590 Margarites umbilicalis 3 2 16 4 4 55 Mitrella lunata 12 8 2 40 Mya arenaria 2 4 I Mytilis edulis Omalogyra atomus Onchidoris aspera 2813 1

5508 2196 2

1704 1114 24490 2

4 I Onoba aculea Petricola pholadiformis Tellina agilis 5

2 2

2 16 4 4 42 18 4

2 4 I

Turbonilla sp.

ANNELIDA Cirratulis grandis 1 2 6 I Eulalia viridis Fabricia sabella Harmothoe imbricata 1

27 2

6 2

4 12 22 12 145 7

9 Nereis pelagica 2 4 2 2 18 I Nicolea venustula Paraonis fulgens 1

1 2 2 79 9

2 Pholoe minuta 2 16 10 Phyllodoce maculata 1 6 2 17 Polydora socialis 36 66 Sabellaria vulgaris 2 4 ARTHROPODA Aeginina longicornis Amphithoe rubricata 8 40 32 4 154 Amphipoda juvenile 48 48 152 408 20 1242 Balanus balanoides 2 2 7 Calliopius laevisculus 756 744 56 184 196 3556 2 4 13 I Cancer irroratus 1 Caprella penantis 194 416 508 486 186 3287 Carcinus maenus 5 2 13 Corophium acutum 328 440 672 1456 252 5781 Corophium bonelli 92 120 192 248 36 1264 I

I Appendix 2b (continued).

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2)

Cythereis emarginata 6 11 Cytherois zostericola 4 2 11 Cytheridea americana 4 2 11 g Dexamine thea 64 88 272 216 20 1212 3 Idotea balthica 10 14 28 18 18 162 Idotea phosphorea 16 30 108 72 34 478 Ischyrocerus anguipes 16 16 8 24 118 Jassa falcata 592 592 2736 4120 444 15581 Marinogammarus stoerensis 4 7 Pleusymtes glaber Pontogeneia inermis 20 40 32 40 4 250 Proboloides holmesi 12 22 ECHINODERMATA Amphipholis squamata 1 2 2 9 Asterias forbesi 8 10 46 52 48 164 Ophiopholis aculeata 18 4 12 2 4 40 l Strongylocentrotus 5 droehbachiensis 5 12 14 18 4 97 I

I I

96 1

I I Appendix 2c. Replicate (total numbers of species) and station (numbers of species per m 2) faunal data for Manomet Point, March 1982.

I PHYLUM Species 1 2 Replicate 3 4 5 Statiog)

(No./m I NEMERTEA Nemertea 10 12 8 '18 28 140 Oerstedia dorsalis 2 2 2 2 2 18 MOLLUSCA Aeolidia papillosa 12 2 4 18 66 I Anomia simplex Cerastoderma pinnulatum 2

4 6

6 4 2 15 11 26 Diaphana minuta 4 Gastropoda juvenile 2 4 Gastropoda unid. 4 2 11 Hintella arctica 28 2 16 14 6 121 Ischnochiton ruber 4 2 11 Lacuna vincta 912 370 860 506 844 6413 Littorina littorea 2 4 I

Lyonsia hyalina Margarites umbilicalis 72 32 70 68 42 522 Mitrella lunata 4 8 22 Mytilis edulis 10468 14388 15116 14552 11980 122138 I Nassarius trivittatus Onchidoris aspera Onoba aculea 36 96 14 10 64 44 20 2

8 50 206 422 4

I Petricola pholadiformis Tellina agilis Turbonilla areolata 8

4 2

2 6

4 15 26 7

l ANNELIDA

! Asabellides oculata 4 7 l Capite11a capitata 2 4 I Cirratulus cirratus 4 7 Dodecaceria coralii 16 29 Eulalia viridis 4 2 2 15 Eumida sanguinea 4 7 I Harmothoe imbricata Maldanidae unid.

56 4

4 40 48 10 2

290 7

4 Nephtys caeca Nephtys incisa 8 15 Nereis pelagica 4 10 2 2 4 40 Nicolea venustula 68 8 26 44 14 294 011gochaeta 2 2 7 Pholoe minuta 4 6 8 33 Phyllodoce maculata 6 4 20 55 Phyllodoce groenlandica 2 4 2 2 7 Polydora socialis 4 7 l

Polygordius sp.

2 11 Potamilla reniformis 4 97

I Appendix 2c (continued).

PHYLUM Replicate Station Species 1 2 3 4 5 (No./m2 )

ARTHROPODA Achelia spinosa 2 4 Aeginina longicornis 4 2 14 4 44 Amphithoe rubricata 20 24 32 104 192 683 Amphipoda juvenile 48 304 144 208 88 1455 Ca111opius laevisculus 48 344 200 176 168 1719 Cancer irroratus 16 2 2 8 51 Caprella penantis 732 764 648 666 450 5987 Caprellidae juvenile 4 7 Corophium acutum 680 1512 928 808 832 8732 Corophium bonelli 40 56 64 16 56 426 Cythereis emarginata 2 2 7 Cytherois zostericola 2 4 Dexamine' thea 156 144 120 216 208 1550 Eualus pusiolus 4 7 Idotea balthica 4 6 6 8 44 g Idotea phosphorea 52 24 10 84 48 400 g Ischyrocerus anguipes 164 256 344 448 200 2593 Jassa falcata 752 1072 1264 1448 1512 11107 Phoxocephalus holbolli 8 15 Pleusymtes glaber 48 40 24 32 40 338 Pontogeneia inermis 28 56 288 16 40 786 Proboloides holmesi 28 24 64 128 8 463 ECHINODERMATA Amphipholis squamata 6 16 4 48 Asterias forbesi 24 10 12 22 16 154 Henricia sanguin 31enta 2 2 7 Ophiopholis aculeata 8 2 6 64 4 154 Strongylocentrotus droehbachiensis 24 8 14 16 8 129 CHORDATA Solitary ascidacea 80 2 32 50 301 I

I Il 98

M M M M M M M M Appendix 3. Algal species collected from the replicate samples of the Effluent, Rocky Point, and Manomet Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for the August, 1981 collecting period.

Station and Replicate Division Effluent Rocky Point Manomet Point Species 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Chlorophyta (green algae)

Bryopsis plumosa Chaetomorpha linum O C C C C 0 0 C 0 C R R A 0 0 C. melagonium R O O O R C R 0 0 R R R C R 0 Enteromorpha flexuosa R R R R R R R R R R R Rhizoclonium riparium R R R R R R R R R R C1va lactuca R R C R R R R C C Phaeophyta (brown algae)

. Chordaria flagelliformis

Desmarestia aculeata R R R R R R R R R R R R R R D. viridis Laminaria digitata R R R R L. saccitarina R R R R R R R R R R R R R Sphacelaria cirrosa R R R R R 0 R R R R Rhodophyta (red algae)

Ahnfeltia plicata R R R R R R 0 R R 0 R R R R R Antithamnion americanum R R R R R R R R R R Bonnemaisonia hamifera R R R R Callophy111s cristata R R R R R R R 0 R R R R R Ceramium rubrum 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 Chondrus crispus A 0 0 C 0 0 A A C A A A A C A Corallina officinalis R R C 0 R 0 0 0 C R A C C C C Cystoclonium purpureum R R R 0 R R R R R R 0 0 0 R R Cracilaria foliifera O R R 0 0 Gymnogongrus crenulatus R R

Appendix 3. (continued)

Station and Replicate Division Effluent Rocky Point Manomet Point Species 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Membranoptera alata R R R R R R R R R Palmaria palmata Phycodrys rubens R R R R R R R R 0 0 0 0 0 R Phyllophora truncata 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 P. pseudoceranoides 0 0 0 0 0 R O O O O O O O O O P. traillii Plumaria elegans Polyldes rotundus R C R A A C A C 0 C C C O R Polysiphonia elongata O R 0 R R 0 R P. fibrillosa R 0 R O O O R R 0 R 0 0 0 P. harveyi R C 0 A C A C A A A C C C C C

- P. nigrescens O R R R R R R R 8 P. urceolata ,

R R R R R R R R R R O O O R R Rhodomela confervoides R R R R R R R Spermothamnion repens O O O C C 0 0 0 R R 0 0 C 0 R-Replicate species richness 22 26 23 25 23 21 27 25 22 26 22 24 25 24 22 Station species richness 30 29 30 Legend: A = abundant; C = common; O = occasional; r = rare.

m aim m e e e e e e e e

E E M M E E '

E Appendix 4. Algal species collected from the replicate samples of the Effluent, Rocky Point, and Manomet Point subtidal (10' MLW) stations for the March, 1982 collecting period.

Station and Replicate .

Division Effleunt Rocky Point Manomet Point Species 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Chlorophyta (green algae)

Bryopsis plumosa R R Chaetomorpha linum 0 0 C C 0 C 0 R R 0 R C R 0 0 C. melagonium R R R R R 0 R R R R R R R R 0 Enteromorphs flexuosa R R R R R R Rhizoclonium riparium R R R R R R R R 0 R R Ulva lactue R R R R R R R R A R 0 R Phaeophyta (brown algae)

Chordaria flagelliformis R R R R g Desmarestia aculeata R R R R R R R R R R R H D. viridis R R R Laminaria digitata R R R R R R R L. saccharina R R R R R R R R R R R R Sphacelaria cirrosa R R R R R R R R R R R R Rhodophyta (red algae)

Ahnfeltia plicata C A A C C A A 0 0 A R 0 R R R Antithamnion americanum R R R R R R R R R R Bonnemaisonia hamifera R 0 R R Callophy111s cristata R R R R R R R R R Ceramium rubrum R R R R R C R R 0 R 0 0 0 C 0 Chondrus crispus C C 0 R R C C R R R A A C A A Corallina officinalis A 0 0 0 R 0 0 R 0 C C 0 C 0 0 i Cystoclonium purpureum R R R R R C R 0 R R 0 0 C 0 0 Gracilaria foliifera R R R Gymnogongrus crenulatus R R

Appendin 4. (continued)

Station and Replicate Division Effluent Rocky Point Manomet Point Species 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Membranoptera alata R R R R R R Palmaria palmata Phycodrys rubens R R R 0 R R R R 0 R R R R Phyllophora truncata C 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 R 0 0 0 P. pseudoceranoides C C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 R 0- 0 C 0 P. traillii R Plumaria elegans Polyides rotundus O C C C A A A A A A R C R R 0 Polysiphonia elongata O R R R R 0 R R P. fibrillosa R R R R P. harveyi R R R P. nigrescens R R R R R R R R R R 5

P. urceolata R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Rhodomela confervoides R R R R 0 R R R Spermothamnion repens R R R R R 0 R C C 0 0 C C C C Replicate species richness 19 25 23 23 20 25 24 25 21 23 23 21 26 23 22 Station species richness 34 32 32 Legend: A = abundant; C = common; O = occasional; R = rare.

i

NUC72-A l

I I

I l INVESTIGATIONS OF ENTRAINMENT OF ICHTHYOPLANKTON AT PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION JANUARY - JUNE 1982 I

'I f,' ,

I Prepared by: sj [ N hs Lewis N. Scotton Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist I

Nuclear Operations Support Department Boston Edison Company 800 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02199 October 1982 I

I I

NUC72-A I I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

=

SUMMARY

i I. INTRODUCTION 1 II. METHODS 2 III. RESULTS 9 A. Ichthyoplankton Entrained 9

! B. Lobster Larvae Entrained 16 i

C. Contingency Sampling Plan Notification 18 IV. CONCLUSIONS 19 V. LITERATURE CITED 51 APPENDIX

I I

I

. . .ne1x a a11as1. .n r ..t I

I lI 1

NUC72-A FIGURES

1. Entrainment sampling station in PNPS discharge canal. 3 I

2. Contingency sampling locations 17 3

3. Mean monthly densities (per 100m of water) of the numerically dominant fish larvae entrained at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, January through g

December, 1980-1981. 3 38 TABLES

1. Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) obtained in ichthyoplankton collections from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, January-June, 1982. 20

2. Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) collected in the PNPS discharge canal from 1974-1982.

22

3. Mean monthly densities of the numerically dominant fish eggs and larvae entrained at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, January-December, 1975-1981, and January-June, 1982. 26

4. Summary of numbers of smelt larvae entrained at PNPS during the months of Apgil and May, 1974-1981. All 3 densities are per 100 m of water. 50 g

5. Mean, maximum, and minimum discharge (cfs) in the Jones River recorded at Kingston, Mass. by the U.S.

Geological Survey for the months of April and May, 1974-1981. 50 APPENDIX

I 3

Fish egg and larval densities, per 100 m of water, for each sample collected in the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, January-December, 1981 Al

Appendix available upon request.

I I

I'

NUC72-A I JANUARY - JUNE 1982 ENTRAINMENT STUDY

SUMMARY

Ichthyoplankton samples were collected from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal in triplicate, twice-monthly in January and February, and weekly March through June, 1982.

Eggs and/or larvae of 36 species of fish were obtained during the period Jan-uary-June 1982.

I Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) were most abundant among the eggs collected in January and February. Through March and April, Winter flounder eggs (Pseudo-pleuronectes americanus) were dominant and cod were second in abundance. As in 1981, from early May through June the labrids (tautog, Tautoga onitis, and I cunner, Tautogolabrus adspersus), and Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus) were most abundant among the eggs. Windowpane (Scophthalmus aquosus) were also abundant in late May and June.

E Larval collections were dominated by sand lance (Ammodytes sp.) during the I months of January through March. During part of February, March and April, rock gunnel (Pholis gunnellus) and grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus) were also numerous. Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) were common during April, dominated the larval collections in May, and were third in abundance in June. Mackerel was the most common larval species during June, with cunner second in abundance.

l -i-

NUC72-A Several larval rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) were collected in the June 1982 samples. One larval lobster (Homarus americanus) was collected.

1 I

I

! I I

I I

E I

I l

) - ii -

I

NUC72-A I SECTION I INTRODUCTION This report summarizes the results of ichthyoplankton sampling conducted at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) from January through June 1982 by Marine Research, Inc., (MRI) for Boston Edison Company. MRI was also respon-sible for sample sorting and ichthyoplankton identification. Data analyses and report preparation were carried out by the Environmental and Radiological Health and Safety Group of Boston Edison Company's Nuclear Operations Support Department.

This report is pursuant to operational environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of NPDES Permit No. 0003557 (EPA) for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Sta-tion (PNPS), Unit I. The report describes organisms entrained at PNPS as de-termined by samples collected from the discharge canal.

I Methods are discussed in Section II and results in Section III.

l I

I I

I l

NUC72-A I

SECTION II I!

METHODS I

The entrainment sampling plan for January-June 1982 at the PNPS specified triplicate samples to be collected twice monthly in January, February, and October - December, and weekly from March through September. All samples were collected from rigging mounted approximately 30 meters from the headwall of the discharge canal (Fig. 1) at low tide during daylight. A 0.333-mm mesh, 60-cm diameter plankton net affixed to this rigging was streamed in the canal for 6 to 15 minutes depending on the abundance of plankton and detritus. In each case, a minimum of 100 m of water was sampled. Exact filtration volumes were calculated with the aid of a digital flowmeter (General Oceanics Model 2030) mounted in the mouth of the net. I All samples were preserved in 10% formalin and returned to the laboratory for I

microscopic analysis. All fish eggs and larvae were identified to the lowest distinguishable taxonomic category and counted (these tasks were conducted by MRI). In most cases, species were identifiable. In certain cases, however, I eggs--particularly in the early stages of development--could not be identified at the species level in the preserved samples. In such cases, species were grouped. A brief description of each of these egg groupings is given below.

)

Gadidae-Glyptocephalus group (Atlantic cod, Gadus morhua; haddock, Melanogrammus aeglefinus; pollock, Pollachius virens; and witch flounder, Glyptocephalus cynoglossus); egg diameters overlap, no oil globule present.

l l

I I

I .

I I CAPE COD BAY I

l b II.' .

l "-h iE .

~.

l M".n}.

' 4 ; *,,,

[SL

- h,'. :;< .

';i E . ;9

! Ng .

~.,, DISCHARGE CANAL I .

BRIDGE N j ' 'N T Age J BA

.. ;- Sly

..o...

l a

.h0i?h.*

HEADWALL -

o. .

Q.. ..:. ...o .

UNIT I INTAKE

,I PNPS

~ %'f3,,,51:.:..

': . t

s. .t;:p a t-S ICHTHYOPLANKTON UNIT 1 I STATION 100 METERS I

F16 ure 1: Entrainment sampling statior. in FNPS discharge canal. ---

I '

NUC72-A Stage III eggs (those containing embryos whose tails have grown free of I

the yolk; Ahlstrom and Counts, 1955) are separated based on relative size and pigmentation combinations. Haddock eggs are difficult to identify until shortly before hatching (late stage III). Because of this, some early stage III haddock eggs may have been identified as cod eggs. This error should be quite small judging from the relatively low numbers of late stage III haddock eggs and haddock larvae collected during recent years. The gadidae-Glyptocephalus grouping was not necessary in January and February because it is unlikely that witch flounder spawn during these months, and haddock spawning is not likely to occur in January.

We assumed haddock eggs were absent in February. All eggs of the gadidae-Glyptocephalus type were therefore classified as either cod or pollock based on differing egg diameters.

Brosme-Scomber group (cusk, Brosme brosme, and Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus): egg and oil globule diameters overlap. Differences in pig-mentation permit separation of stage II (early embryo) and stage III eggs.

Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus group (fourbeard rockling, Enchelyopus cimbrius; hake, Urophycis spp.; and butterfish, Peprilus triancathus):

egg and oil globule diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated based on differences in embryonic pigmentation.

Merluccius-Stenotomus-Cynoscion group (silver hake, Merluccius bilinearis; scup, Stenotomus chyrysops; and weakfish, Cynoscion regalis): egg and oil globule diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated into silver hake I

.. I

NUC72-A I and scup-weakfish based on differences in embryonic pigmentation. Scup and weakfish eggs, which have rarely been taken, remain grouped throughout their development because differences in embryonic pigmentation are subtle and not clearly understood.

I . Labridae-Limanda group (tautog, Tautoga onitis; cunner, Tautogolabrus adspersus; and'yellowtail flounder, Limanda ferrugines): no oil globule present, egg diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated into labridae and yellowtail flounder based on differences in embryonic pigmentation. A high percentage of the two species of labrid eggs are distinguishable, but I only with individual, time-c6nsuming measurement (Marine Research, 1977a).

Labrid eggs are therefore grouped in all three stages of development in the 1982 samples.

I Paralichthys-Scophthalmus group (fourspot flounder, Paralichthys oblongus, I

and windowpane, Scophthalmus aquosus): oil globule and egg diameters as well as pigmentation are quite similar. Separation of these two species, even at stage III, remains uncertain. They are therefore grouped in all cases.

I Eggs of the bay anchovy (Anchoa mitchilli) and striped anchovy (Anchoa hepsetus) are easily distinguishable, but their larvae are not. Eggs of these fishes were therefore listed by species while the larvae are listed simply as Anchoa spp.

I I

I -s-

NUC72-A I!

Ssveral other groups of eggs and larvae were not identified to the species level because adequate descriptions of ae'ch species are not available at this time. These groupings are as follows:

Urophycis spp. - consists of the red hake (U. chuss), the spotted hake (U. regius), and the white hake (U. tenuis). Most larvae (and eggs) in this genus collected at PNPS are probably the red hake (see summary in Hardy 1978).

I Menidia spp. - consists of the tidewater silverside (M. beryllina) and Atlantic silverside (M. menidia). Atlantic silverside larvae are probably more likely to occur as far north as Plymouth based on their more northern distribution.

I Ammodytes sp. - No species designation was given the sand lance because considerable taxonomic confusion exists in the literature (see for example Richards et al. 1963; Scott 1968, 1972; Winters 1970). Meyer et al. (1979) examined adults collected on Stellwagen Bank and classified them as A_. americanus (= A. hexapterus). This population is probably the I source of larvae entrained at PNPS.

Prionotus spp. - consists of the northern seaobin (P. carolinus) and the striped searobin (P. evolans).

I

. Liparis spp. generally we are now separting Liparis spp. Most of these are L. atlanticus or L. Coheni. They can also include striped seasnail I

NUC72-A (L. liparis). Most of those collected at PNPS are probably L. atlanticus based on an identification by K. W. Able (personal communication, July 1978).

I Because of particular interest in rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax), cunner, and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus), larvae of these species were classified into three or four arbitrary developmental stages. These stages and corresponding length ranges are given below.

I Rainbow smelt Stage I - From hatching until the yolk sac is fully absorbed (5-7 mm TL).

Stage II - From the end of stage I' until dorsal fin rays become visible (6-12 mm TL).

Stage III - From the end of stage II onward (11.5-20 mm TL).

Cunner Definitions of developmental stages are the same as for smelt larvae.

l l Observed size ranges for each stage are: stage I, 1.6-2.6 mm TL; stage II, 1.8-6.0 mm TL; stage III, 6.5-14 mm TL.

f Winter flounder I

Stage I - From hatching until the yolk sac is fully absorbed (2.3-2.8 mm TL).

1I Stage II - From the end of stage I until a loop or coil forms in the gut I (2.6-4 mm TL).

l NUC72-A Stage III - From the end of stage II until the left eye migrates past the I

midline of the head during transformation (3.5-8 mm TL).

Stage IV - From the end of stage III onward (7.3-8.2 mm TL).

In most cases, entire samples were examined for fish larvae and the less common types of fish eggs. When a particular species was especially abundant, aliquot subsamples were taken. Such subsamples contained 100 or more specimeris of a given species or grouping. Unpublished studies by Marine Research have indicated that subsampling error can be maintained at a low level if the number of spec-imens in an aliquot increases as the fraction represented by the aliquot grows smaller, e.g., 100 larvae are sufficient in a one-half split, but 200 should be present in a one quarter split.

I I

I' I ,

I! '

NUC72-A I SECTION III I RESULTS I

A. Ichthyoplankton Entrained Population densities, per 100 3m of water, listed by date, station, and replicate for all samples collected from January-June 1981 are presented in the Appendix (available upon request). The occurrence of eggs and larvae of each species by month is summarized in Table 1. The occurrene,g of eggs and larvae over the period 1974-1981 and January-June 1982 are shown in Table 2. Table 3 lists the mean monthly densities of the numer-ically dominant fish eggs and larvae at PNPS for the period 1975-1981 and January-June 1982.

I The ichthyoplankton collected may be summarized as follows:

January: Cod eggs (Gadus morhua) represented 100% of the egg catch with mean densities for the two sampling days of 0.4 and 0.6 per 100 I 3 m.

I Five species of fishes were represented in *.he January larval collections. Sand lance composed 54% of the catch, with a monthly mean density of 0.6 larvae per 100 m3 . The other species, each of which represented about 12% of the total catch were rock guanel (Pholis gunnellus), and Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus harengus).

hTC72-A February: Five species of fish were collected, one species as eggs and I

four as larvae. Cod were again abundant among the eggs with a mean density of 0.1 per 100 m3 accounting for about 100% of the egg catch. Winter flounder eggs were not found as they usually are at this time of year. As in 1981, larval collections were dominated by sand lance and rock gunnel with mean densities over 3

the month of 2.7 and 0.5 per 100 m of water, respectively; these 5 two species accounting for 78.5% and 15.6%, respectively, all larvae collected. The grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus) and tomcod (Microgadus tomcod) together represented 5.9% of larvae collected.

March: The species count rose to 11 during the month. Two species were represented by eggs - cod, and winter flounder (Pseudo-pleuronectes americanus). Winter flounder was 69% of the egg catch and cod eggs were identified as Gadus morhua, not merely as part of the gadid - Glytocephalus grouping, and represented about 31% of the egg catch.

Ten species of fish were represented by larvae in March. Sand lance accounted for 79% of the month's catch with a monthly mean density per 100 m of water of 190.0. Grubby and rock gunnel larvae composed an additional 18.3% of the month's larval catch. Their monthly mean densities were 25.2 and 18.7 per 100 m , respectively. Also the longhorn sculpin and four-beard rockling were each found in all 3 collection dates.

I 10 I

NUC72-L l I Three species of Myoxocephalus were identified. Other species represented included the wrymouth, Cryptacanthodes maculatus, and tomcod.

April: Twenty-two species were taken during the month, seven of these represented by eggs. Winter flounder were most abundant. Cod !

l eggs were second most abundant. American plaice (Hippoglos-soides platessoides) and yellowtail flounder (Limanda ferruginea) each composed just over 3% of the egg catch. Fourbeard rocking (Enchelyopus cimbrius) and windowpane (Scopthalmus aquosus) 1 made up the rest of the catch.

I Larvae representing 17 species, as opposed to 14 in April 1981 collections, were found. Sand lance dropped to second place l

instead of dominating the catch as in January, February, and I March with a mean density over the month of 54.1 larvae per 100 l 3 m of water accounting for 29% of the month's catch. Grubby were the most abundant, representing 48% of the catch, and rock gunnel accounted for an additional 18% of the catch. Maximum weekly mean densities for the grubby and rock gunnel were 167.2 I 3 and 74.8 per 100 m , respectively.

I I

I II NUC72-A May: Of the 19 species of fish collected in the May ichthyoplankton I

samples, 11 were represented by eggs. Brosme-scomber eggs accounted for 58% of the egg total, becoming most abundant in the second half of May. The labrid-Limanda eggs were second in abundance. Over the month, weekly mean densities for the 3

Brosme-scomber grouping ranged from 4.3 per 100 m on May 4 to 151.4 per 100 m3 on May 25. Mackerel eggs were third in order of abundance at 6%, even apart from the Brosme-Scomber egg grouping. The Brosme-Scomber grouping combined with mackerel eggs accounted for 64% of the egg catch with a mean density calculated over the month of 146 eggs per 100 m3. In May 1981, the labrid-Limanda egg grouping was dominant.

Sixteen species of fish larvae were taken in the May samples.

Winter flounder, sand lance, radiated shanny, and seasnail dominated the catch accounting for 92% of the total. This was )

similar to 1981 with the addition of sand lance. Weekly larval winter flounder densities ranged from 1.3 to 49.3 per 100 m3.

Sand lance, continued to be a dominant species as it was from January-April. Sand lance were represented by 23.6, 78.7, 3.7, 9.5 and 0.2 larvae per 100 m3per week in May. Fourbeard rockling, American plaice, sculpin and Atlantic mackerel ,

l accounted for an additional 5% of the larval catch. No rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) larvae were found as in May 1981. A I' second species of Liparis, L. coheni was found in very low densities.

l NUC72-A I June: The species count reached 21 in June. Labrid eggs clearly dominated among the 13 species of eggs collected, assuming they dominated the labrid-Limanda group.* Combined with the grouped eggs they composed 88.2% of the June egg total with weekly mean densities averaging 1763 per 100 3m of water. Atlantic mackerel, the Paralichthys-Scophthalmus and Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus egg groupings accounted for 9.3% of the remaining eggs. Within these two groups fourspot flounder and butterfish were probably comparatively uncommon, judging by no larvae for these species being collected in June.

Fifteen species of fishes were represented by larvae. Atlantic mackerel accounted for'41% of the larvae. Cunner and tautog accounted for 27.3% of the larval densities with monthly mean 3

densities of 6.5 and 3.2 per 100 m of water, respectively.

Winter flounder were third in abundance representing 10.5% of the larvae catch. Atlantic menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus) represented 0.1% of the catch with a mean density of 0.3 larvae per 100 m of water. Osmerus mordax (Rainbow smelt) had a mean 3

density for the month of 1.2 per 100 m and represented 3.3% of the catch. Sandlance were absent from collections as eggs or larvae.

I *During the month of June, yellowtail flounder stage III eggs averaged 2.7 per I 100 m of water, respectively. These figures are quite low relative to the densities of stage III labrid eggs, and cunner and tautog larvae. Therefore the vast majority of labrid - Limanda eggs are assumed to be labrid eggs during June.

NUC72-A Table 2 summarizes by year all species by eggs and larvae collected in I

the PNPS discharge canal from 1974-1981 and January-June 1982. Monthly niean densities for the numerically dominant species of eggs and larvae taken in January-June 1982 are summarized in Table 3. Similar data for 1975 through 1979 were also tabulated for comparison after being stanc~ardized as follows:

1. Only 0.333-mm mesh net data were used in those cases (1975) when field sampling was carried out using both 0.333 and 0.505 mesh nets, g W4

2. When, as in 1976 and 1977, 24-hour sampling series were conducted, the samples taken nearest the time of daylight low tide were selected for comparison, since this conforms to the routine,speci-fication for the time of entrainment sampling.

3. For the same reason only daylight low tide data were used when, in 1975, samples were also taken at high tide and/or at night.

l

4. Cod and pollock egg densities were summed to make up the category l

" gadidae" since these eggs, which are listed separately in recent reports, were not distinguished in earlier ones.

5. Sculpin larvae were identified to species beginsing in 1979 follow- I i

ing Khan (1971). They appear as Myoxocephalus spp. in Table 3 for comparison with past years.

I Although samples were in fact taken once in April 1976 and once in March I

1977, comparisons with other years when sampling was weekly are not valid 4

NUC72-A I and consequently do not appear in the Table. Data collected in 1974 were not included because samples were not collected at low tide in all cases.

Mean larval densities are summarized in Table 3. As indicated in Table 3, ichthyoplankton densities recorded in 1980 do not appear unusual. In each case, densities fell within the level of variation observed over the I previous four years. Several cf the observed densities are of general interest.

Larval rainbow smelt have been of special interest at PNPS because, being freshwater spawners, their presence in the discharge waters of the plant I may indicate that at least some of the plant's cooling water is coastal in origin. '~ J 1: ' summarizes the densities of larval smelt entrained at PNPS in April and May (the months when they are most common) 1974-1982.

Smelt larvae were collected in June in 1982. Smelt were relatively abundant only in 1974 and 1977, which suggested (MRI 1978) that their presence in the discharge may result from periods of high freshwater runoff which flushes larvae from the streams in which they were spawned.

Table 5 tabulates USGS discharge data for the Jones River in Kingston, Massachusetts for the months of April and May. The Jones River is a well 1

known smelt spawning area (Lawton et al. 1979) t;hich drains into Kingston '

Bay north of PNPS. Flow rates were higher in 1974 and 1977 than in 1975 and 1976. However, the data from 1978 - 1980 appear to be inconsistent, l i.e., flow rates were relatively high in 1978-79 and relatively low in 1980 while larval smelt densities for all 3 years were low. Flows were relatively very low in 1981. The 1979 smelt population study in the Jones River (Lawton, 1980) reported very high egg densities, much above I

NUC72-A The low smelt larvae numbers at PNPS from 1978 - 1981 may also reflect I

sampling error, i.e., with only three samples taken per week there is a high probability of missing a pulse of larvae flushed from the Jones River. The numbers of smelt larvae were relatively higher in 1982, but flow rates from the Jones River are not yet available.

(

B. Lobster Larvae Entrained In the period January-June 1982, one lobster larva (Homarus americanus) was collected in June. It was a stage I larva. This compares with past years as follows:

1981:

I 1 larva - 1 stage IV 1980: none found. I1 1979: . larva - 1 stage I on July 14. l 1978: none found.

1977: 3 larvae - 1 stage I on June 10; 2 stage I en June 17.

1976: 2 larvae - 1 stage I on July 22; 1 stage IV-V on August 5.

1975: 1 larva - 1 stage I, date unknown.

l 1974: none found.

The lobster larvae collected in 1976 were obtained during a more in-l tensive lobster larvae program which employed a 1 meter net, collecting relatively large :: ample volumes, in addition to the standard 60-cm plankton net (MRI 1977b). Both larvae taken in 1976 were collected in the meter net; none were found in the routine ichthyoplankton samples.

I

I I O C 13 I DUX8URY O

C-11 O

C 12 I

..v..

o O c"

\ c- . ..

I g c4 O.c* .

I O u O

c.

C-7 n.ys.oo.vn. "

. $Ne O

iI n==ra O '^

' 2:O;ca c4 ca. .. ,m.

/ urn ..

/..5 % '%*

~

E '

,. - O j# i

' *y"* .. '

-**-* ct

l (#y."~

s

[. ' - -'

.% -'. . Q

, sg 7.

i,C 1 l

.l c:

g ' '. '~

K

{~-

1, f

I Figure 2 Location of Entrainment Contingency Plan Sampling Stations, C.

1

-17 l . -

NUC72-A I,

l Il C. Contingency Sampling Plan Notification I'

Since the Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton surveys stopped in 1976, the entrainment monitoring program has always included a special contingency sampling plan (Fig. 2). This plan was designed to be implemented if the ,

eggs or larvae of any species appear in unusually large numbers in the discharge canal when compared with previous years. For the 1982 entrain-ment program, as in 1981, we attempted to quantify " unusually large" by defining it as any mean density (per 100 m3 of water) which is 50%

greater than the highest mean density recorded on or near that date over the past five years (1976-1981) as recorded in previous entrainment reports. BECo. was notified by MRI three times in January-June 1982 of the occurrence of unusually large numbers. One such occurrence in April resulted in 1 extra daily set of entrainment samples being taken, until numbers returned to acceptable ranges. No bay contingency program had to be carried out.

I A difficulty in attempting to use this "50% greater" approach with ich-thyoplankton is related to its patchiness. A large mass of eggs, for example, may be entrained by chance, but this may not be a true indica-tion of unusually large numbers of organisms being generally available in Cape Cod Bay and subject to entrainment.

I I NUC72-A I

SECTION IV CONCLUSIONS I .

Fish eggs and larval densities from the PNPS entrainment collections for the period January - June 1982 fell within the level of variation observed during this period over the previous four years. The numbers entrained were not large enough to require the Cape Cod Bay contingency sampling program to be implemented.

! The frequency of occurrence and levels of abundance of species represented by eggs and larvae in January - June 1982 were very similar to this period in 1981.

I I

II

, I l

l 1

l I

NUC72-A Table 1: Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) obtained in ichthyoplankton collections from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, January-June, 1982.

Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Atlantic menhaden Brevoortia tyrannus E/L Atlantic herring Clupea harengus harengus L L L L Anchovy Anchoa s m E Rainbow Smelt Osmerus mordax L L Coosefish Lophius americanus E Cusk Brosme brosme E E I

g Fourbeard rockling Enchelyopus cimbrius E E/L E/L

' Atlantic cod Gadus morhua E E E E/L E/L E/L t'. antic Tomcod Microgadus tomcod L L L Silver hake Merluccius bilinearis E E llakes Urophycis spp. E Northern pipefish Syngnathus fuscus J*

Wrasses Labridae E E Tautog Tautoga onitis L Cunner Tautogolabrus adspersus L

J = Juvenile m -

M M M M M M M M M M M M S

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M NUC72-A Table 1 (Continued).

Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Radiated shanny Ulvaria subbifurcata L L L Rock gunnel Pholis gunnellus L L L L L Sand lance Ammodytes sp. L L L L L Wrymouth Cryptacanthodes maculatus L L Atlantic mackerel Scomber scombrus E/L E/L Butterfish Peprilus triacanthus E Searobin Prionotus spp. E Lumpfish Cyclepterus lumpus L

" Grubby g Myoxocephalus aenaeus L L L L L L Longhorn sculpin Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus L L Shorthorn sculpin Myoxocephalus scorpius L Alligatorfish Aspidophoroides monopterygius L Seasnail Liparis atlanticus L L L Liparis cohenus L L Fourspot flounder Paralichthys oblongus E Windowpane Scophthalmus aquosus E L L Witch flounder Glyptocephalus cynoglossus E E E/L American plaice Hippoglossoides platessoides E/L E/L Yellowtail flounder Limanda ferruginea E E/L E/L Winter flounder Pseudopleuronectes americanus L E E/L E/L L ,

Smooth flounder Liopsetta putnami L

\

NUC72-A Table 2: Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) collected in the PNPS discharge canal from 1974-1981, and January-June, 1982.

Species 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 American eel Anguilla rostrata J* J J J J J Alewife /blueback herring Alosa spp. L L L J L Atlantic menhaden Brevoortia tyrannus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Atlantic herring Clupea harengus harengus L L L L L L L L L Anchovy Anchoa spp. L L L L L E/L E Day anchovy Anchoa mitchilli E E E

, Rainbow smelt Osmerus mordax E/L L L L L L -

E/L L

[$ Goosefish Lophius americanus E/L E/L E E/L E/L E/L L E/L E I

Cusk Brosme brosme E E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E E Fourbeard rockling Enchelyopus cimbrius E/L E/L 'E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Atlantic cod Gadus morhua L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L lladdock Melanogrammus aeglefinus L L E/L E/L E/L L Silver hake Merluccius bilinearis E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E Atlantic tomcod Microgadus tomcod L L L L L Pollock Pollachius virens L E/L E/L E E/L E/L E/L L llakes Urophycis spp. E/L E/L E/L E/L E E/L E/L E/L E

J = Juvenile M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M NUC72-A Table 2: (Continued).

l Species 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 Cusk-eels /Eelpouts Ophidiidae-Zoarcidae L Atlantic needlefish Strongylura marina L L Killifish Fundulus spp. E E Mummichog Fundulus heteroclitus E Striped killifish F. majalis J Silversides Menidia spp. L L L L E/L E/L

' Atlantic silverside Menidia menidia L E/L E/L E Northern pipefish Syngnathus fuscus J* J J J J J J J J I

Black sea bass Centropristis striata L L Weakfish Cynoscion regalis L Scup Stenotomus chrysops L L Northern kingfish Menticirrhus saxatilis E L L Wrasses Labridae E E E E E E E E E Tautog Tautoga onitis L L L L L L L L L Cunner Tautogolabrus adspersus L L L L L L L L L Snakeblenny Lumpenus lumpretaeformis L L L Radiated shanny Ulvaria subbifurcata L L L L L L L L L

J = Juvenile

NUC72-A Table 2: (Continued).

Species 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982, Rock gunnel Pholis gunnellus L L L L L L L L L Wrymouth Cryptacanthodes maculatus L L L L L Sand lance Ammodytes sp. L L L L L E/L L L L Seaboard goby Gobiosoma ginsburgi L L Atlantic mackerel Scomber scombrus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Butterfish Peprilus triacanthus E/L E/L E/L E E E/L E/L L E 8

Searobins Prionotus spp. E/L E/L E E E E/L E/L E Sculpin Myoxocephalus spp. L L L L L L L L L i

Alligatorfish Aspidophoroides monopterygius L L Lumpfish Cyclopterus lumpus L L L L L Seasnail Liparis atlanticus L L L L L L L L L Liparis cohenus L Smallmouth flounder Etropus microstomus L Summer flounder Paralichthys dentatus E/L E/L Fourspot flounder P. oblongus E/L E/L E/L L E/L E/L E Windowpane Scophthalmus aquosus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Witch flounder Glyptocephalus cynoglossus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L m m m m m M M M M M M M M

m m m m M M M M m M M M NUC72-A i

I i

Table 2: (Continued).

Species 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 American plaice Ilippoglossoides platessoides E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Yellowtail flounder Limanda ferruginea E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L l

Winter flounder Pseudopleuronectes americanus E/L E/L L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L llogchoke r Trinectes maculatus E E E Northern puffer Sphoeroides maculatus L Smooth Flounder Liopsetta putnami L L I

u a

NUC72-A I

I Table 3: Mean monthly densities of the numerically dominant fish Format:

eggs and larvae entrained at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power '"E*

Station, January-December, 1975-1981 and January-June, 1982. The total column represents the total for all species collected by month. See text for details.

JANUARY 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus - - -

Gadidae

0.5 0.2 2.2 0-1 0 - 0.7 0-5 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- ~ ~ ~

Peprilus Enchelyopus cimbrius** 0.1 0 0

' - 0.6 Urophycis spp.

0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 l

0 5 Total 0.6 0.2 2.7 0-1 0 - 0.7 0-5 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0.2 0 0 0 - 0.6 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 0 0 0 Pholis gunnellus 0.7 5.1 1.0 l

W 0-3 2-9 0-5 Ammodytes sp. 6.7 1.4 4.8 g Scomber scombrus 0 - 18 0-4 0 - 11 g 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. 1.4 0.3 0.5 3 0-6 0-1 0-l Liparis spp.

l 0 0 0 Pseudopleuronectes 0 0 0 americanus Total 9.4 7.4 8.1 0 - 25 3--~13 0 - 12

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

I NUC72-A M*""

Table 3: (Continued) Format:

Range JANUARY 1980 1981 1982 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus -

0 0 Gadidus morhua 2.8 0.3-6.2 M 0.5 2.2-9.1 0-1.2 Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus 0 0 Enchelyopus cimbrius** 0 0 0 Urophycis spp.

0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 0 Total 2.8 3J 1.1 0.3-6.2 0.8-9.1 0-1.20 LARVAE Clupea harengus liarengus 0 0.1 0.1 0 - 0.4 0-63 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata O_ 0 0 Pholis gunnellus J 0.06 Og 0-1.2 0-0.4 0 .6 Ammodytes sp. 16 1.6 0.6 0.-38.4 2.3-4.8 0-1.2 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. -.3 0 0.3 0 6.6 0-1.2 Liparis spp.

0 0 0 Pseudopleuronectes 0 0 0 americanus Tota'- 17.0 1.8 1.1 0-39.0 0-4.8 0-2 43

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

I NUC72-A I

Table 3 (Continued). Mean Forma t:

Range FEBRUARY 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus - - -

Gadidae

0.9 2.4 1.6 0-3 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- -

0-5 0-3 g

Peprilus g

Enchelyopus cimbrius**

0 0 0 Urophycis spp.

0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Parlichthys-Scophthalmus Total 0

1.0 0 0 g 2.5 IJ B 0-3 0-5 0-3 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0.1 0.6 0

0 - 0.5 0-2 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 0 0 0 Pholis gtu;nellus 3.7 1.2 2.9 0 - 14 0-3 0T10 Ammodytes sp. 2.1 8.8 11.1 0-8 0.6 - 24 4 - 21 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. J 2 0.2 6.6 0-7 0-1 0 - 26 Liparis spp.

0 0 0 Pseudopleuronectes americanus 0 0 0 Total 10.8 11.0 E

20.9 E O - 17 0.8 - 29 4 - 58

Represents all three egg stages from January through February. l

- Represents all three egg states from January through March. W I NUC72-A I Table 3: (Continued) Format:

Range FEBRUARY 1980 1981 1982 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus -

0 0 Gadidae

1.5 1.1 0.1 I Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus 0.3-2.9 0-2.5 0

0-0.6 0

Enchelyopus cimbrius** 0 0 0 Urophycis spp.

0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 0 I LARVAE Total 1.8 0.8-2.9 3.5 0-13.0 0.1 0-1.2 Clupea harengus harengus 0 0 0 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 0 0.1 0 0 .4 Pholis gunnellus 0.6 2.1 0.5 0-1.6 3.7-4.6 0-2.6 ,

Ammodytes sp. 3.1 10.2 2.7 0.4-7.6 2.6-15.7 0-9.1 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. 1.9 0 0.1 0-4.7 0-0.6 Liparis spp.

0 0 0 I Pseudopleuronectes americanus Total 0

5.9 0

14.8 0

3.5 1.5-9.7 2.6-24.1 0-23.4

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

I i

NUC72-A I

I Table 3 (Continued). Mean Format: p,,g, MARCH 1975 1976 1977+ 1978 1979 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus 0.6 1.5 9.2 0-2 0-3 0 - 32 Gadidus morhua 0.8 0.5 0.5 0-3 0-1 0-3 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- ,

Peprilus Enchelyopus cimbrius**

0 0 0 Urophycis spp.

0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Parlichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 0 9.7 2.8 12.1 Total E 0.8 - 41 0-5 0.4 - 35 E LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0.8 O-2 0 E Enchelyopus cimbrius 0-1 g 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 0 0 0 Pholis gunnellus 34.0 11.2 9J 26 - 47 0.7 - 28 1 - 34 Ammodytes sp. 29.5 11.1 54.0 11 - 60 0.7 - 22 9 - 228 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. 61.4 32.8 12.3 g Liparis spp.

17 - 137 0.5 11 - 65 1 - 35 g 0-1 0 J O

0-4 Pseudopleuronectes 0.03 0 0 americanus 0 - 0.5 Total 127.5 55.7 76.8 66 - 236 26 - 96 11 - 293

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg states from January through March. l OA single set of samples was taken in 1977. These data were not included in this E comparison because weekly data sets were available in 1975, 1978, 1979, 1980 and 1981.

NUC72-A Mean Table 3: (Continued) Format:

Range MARCH 1980 1981 1982 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus J 0 0 0-1.7 I Gadidus morhua Enchelyopus-Urophycis-J 0 .5 1.5 0-8.5 0

0.4 0-1.8 Peprilus 0

Enchelyopus cimbrius** 0 0 0 Urophycis spp.

I 0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0 0 0 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 0 Total 1J 6.9 1.3 0-12 0.5-20.1 0-8.9 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0.1 2.4 0.3 0-1.9 0-8.4 0-1.8 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 0 0.1 0 I Pholis gunnellus 22.5 0-80.5 0 .5 23.7 1-62.4 18.7 17.8-34.2 I Ammodytes sp.

Scomber scombrus 43 1-153 0

35.5 9.6-78.6 0

190.0 0-612.7 Myoxocephalus spp. 63.1 0.04 27.6 1.1-181.9 0 .5 0-77.7 Liparis coheni 4.9 0 0.1 0-18.2 0.09 Pseudopleuronectes .15 .11 2.6 americanus 0-0.7 0-3 0-11.9 Total 26.8 99.6 240.6

. , 3.2-382.2 42.6-169.1 31.1-714.2

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

tA single set. of samples was taken in 1977. These data were not included in this comparison because weekly data sets were available in 1975, 1978, 1979, 1980 and 1981.

NUC72-A I

Table 3 (Continued). Format:

Range APRIL 1975 1976e- 1977 1978 1979 Gadidae-Glyptocephalus 1.7 0.7 8.1 3.5 Gedidae*

0-5 0-2 2T14 0.8 - 12 ,

2J 0.3 8.4 1.1 '

0-6 0-3 0.6 - 14 0-3 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- 0.3 0.1 Peprilus 0 0 0-1 0-1 Enchelyopus cimbrius** 2.9 g_. 2 0

0.3 0 - 10 0-2 0-2 Urophycis spp. '

0 0 0 0 - 0.8 Labridae-Limanda 4.8 2.5 11.1 8.1 g Labridae 0 - 18 0-7 0 - 26 0 - 28 g 0 0.2 M 0.08 0 - 0.9 0-3 0-1 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 Pr.rlichthys-Scophthalmus 0.1 0 0 0 0 - 0.7 Total 33.4 10.2 63.1 73.9 LARVAE 1 - 84 1 - 18 8 - 114 4 - 546 Clupea harengus harengus 1.3 0.1 0.3 0.6 0 - 12 0-1 0-2 0-3 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 0 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 5.4 3.9 J O 0.3 0 - 19 0 - 19 0-2 0-1 Pholis gunnellus 1.8 4.0 1.5 3.7 0-8 0 - 19 0T5 0 - 13 Ammodytes sp. 6.6 36.8 388.8 92.1 0.8 - 18 6 - 85 6 - 1252 26 - 196 Scomber scombrus 0 0 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. 7.2 30.7 21.3 16.3 3 - 12 14 - 57 0 - 57 1 - 32 Liparis spp. 3.5 16.9 1.8 2.1 Pseudopleuronectes 0 - 11 0 - 72 077 0-8 l

3.1 9.5 35.6 2.9 m americanus 0.8 - 10 0 - 21 0 - 127 0-8 Total 29.7 103.1 458.2 120.5 g 14 - 43 55 - 154 21 - 1324 57 - 238 g

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg states from January through March.

+A single set of samples was taken in 1976. These data were not inlcuded in this comparison because weekly data sets were available in 1975 and 1977-1981.

NUC72-A Table 3: (Continued) Format:

Range APRIL 1980 1981 1982 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus 2_. 3 0 0 3.1-7.2 Gadidus morhua 1.1 0.4 0.2 0-4.1 0-2.8 0.6-2.5 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- 0 0 0 Peprilus Enchelyopus cimbrius** 0.5 0.3 0.1 0-4.1 0-2.4 0-1.6 Urophycis spp. 0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 0 0 0 Labridae 0.6 0 0 0-7.6 Suomber scombrus 0 0 0 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 0 0 0 Total 26.1 13.5 5.8 0-17.6 0-77.4 0-41.6 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0.1 0 1.0 0-0.5 0.4-5 Enchelyopus cimbrius 0 0 0 I

Tautogolabrus adspersus 0 0 0 Ulvaria subbifurcata 2.5 0.3 0 0-6.2 0-2.0 Pholis gunnellus 0.4 3.4 32.8 0-1.1 0-13.6 0-74.8 Ammodytes sp. 50.3 33.0 8.1 0-171.3 6.8-66.1 260.9 Scomber scombrus 0 0 Myoxocephalus spp. 16.4 J O 88.6 0-58.8 0-1.7 0-167.2 Liparis coheni 5.3 0 OJ 0-20.3 0-4.4 Pseudopleuronectes 8.9 2.1 5.6 l americanus 1.5-23.8 0-3.0 0-36.2 l

l Total 86.0 66.5 185.4 l 8.2-265.8 29.1-141.8 3.8-732.4

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

OA single set of samples was taken in 1976. These data were not included in this comparison because weekly data sets were available in 1975 and 1977-1981.

l

NUC72-A Table 3 (Continued). Format:

"*^"

Range MAY 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus 1.0 2.3 3.4 3.4 1.4 0-3 0-6 0 - 11 0 - 14 0-5 Gadidae

1.1 1.5 1.2 9.6 1.8 0-3 0-4 0~! 3 0 - 61 0-5 E Enchelyopus-Urophycis- 8.3 13.3 12.5 27.8 9.5 g Peprilus 0 - 30 0 - 72 5 - 22 2 - 125 0.6 - 34 Enchelyopus cimbrius** 28.3 30.8 14.0 10.9 5.3 6 - 70 0 - 91 0 - 32 0 - 37 0 ! 15 Urophycis spp. S*b 0 0 0 0 Labridae-Limanda 145.8 12.0 0-3 g 280.8 1843.4 1491.9 3 2 - 1248 5 - 23 3 - 1240 3 - 11809 6 - 9475 Labridae 0.3 8.6 20.5 4.1 0

0-2 0 - 55 0 - 169 0 ! 19 Scomber scombrus 1.8 1.2 12.7 8.5 37.5 0-6 0-5 0 - 67 0 - 62 0 - 155 Parlichthys-Scophthalmus 10.1 6.3 12.5 30.4 21.0 0 - 64 0 - 19 2 - 32 0 - 169 0 - 76 Total 196.5 74.7 396.3 2017.8 1638.3 12 - 1366 35 - 126 31 - 1324 13 - 12428 45 - 9925 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 2.2 0 0 0.1 0.03 0 - 24 0-1 0 - 0.5 Enchelyopus cimbrius 2.6 2.9 0.3 4.0 4.5 E O - 10 0 - 13 0-1 0 - 19 0 - 19 5 Tautogolabrus adspersus 0.2 0 0 0 0 0-2 g Ulvaria subbifurcata 65.4 7.3 5.7 43.5 5.2 g 10 - 235 1 - 24 0 - 20 11 - 141 0 1 23 Pholis gunnellus 01 0 0 0 - 0.5 0-4 0-1 Ammodytes sp. 4.0 2.5 2.2 79.9 20.1 0 - 22 0-8 0-7 0 - 265 0 - 88 Scomber scombrus 01 .6 6.1 0 0 0 - 0.4 0 - 27 0 - 29 Myoxocephalus spp. 3.2 0.5 1.2 0.3 5.9 0 - 11 0-2 0-9 0 - 37 0!~17 Liparis spp. 9.2 13.0 38.9 37.0 20.3 0 - 30 6 - 31 0 - 112 1 - 92 6 - 40 Pseudopleuronectes 13.9 7.4 16.3 38.0 18.4 americanus 2 - 36 2 - 18 4 - 29 0 - 129 13 - 40 g Total 99.6 37.9 81.9 222.2 104.1 g 28 - 283 15 - 76 24 - 185 33 - 660 66 - 210

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg states from January through March.

I NUC72-A Table 3: (continued) Format:

Range 1980 MAY 1981 1982 EGGS I Gadidae-Glyptocephalus Gadidus morhua 8J 1.1-5.9 1.2 0.3 0-2.3 0.4 0-1.9 0.8 0.1 0-3.8 0-2.7 0-0.8 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- 8.5 7.8 3.4 Peprilus 4.3 i4.1 0.95-19.1 1.2-8.2 Enchelyopus cimbrius** -52 15.1 0.9 10 2-72.6 0-54.8 0-2.3 Urophycis spp. 0 0.1 0 0-1.4

{4 Labridae-Limanda 3024 74.1 917.8 E 4.8-9331 1.9-94.0 4.0-248.2 Labridae 119 3.6 5.3 0-430.5 0-22.8 0.5-14.7 I Scomber scombrus -94 32 256.7 32.8 0-167.5 15.0 0-63.3 Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 34 22.2 11.7 6.F66.7 0-63.6 0-43.1 Total 3489 15 1.6 251.9 1-10,314 29-368 39.5-425.4 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0 0 0.2 0-1.2 Enchelyopus cimbrius 5.4 1.0 I

0_

4.5-11 0-2.5 0-0.6 Tautogolabrus adspersus 1.3 0.04 0 0-8.3 0 .2 Ulvaria subbifurcata 10.2 10.7 4.0 4.6-21.4 3.5-27.0 0-15.9 Pholis gunnellus 0 0 0.2 0-2.0 I Ammodytes sp.

Scomber scombrus 3_._8 1.9-9.1 1.8 0-3.5 23.2 0-29.0 3J 0.9 0.1 10.9-12.0 0.5-4.9 0-1.1 Myoxocephalus spp. 0 0 1.5 0-9.9 Liparis atlanticus 27.8 0 2.7 I Liparis coheni 15.7-44.9 0-12.5 0.1 0-1.5 Pseudopleuronectes 29.1 11.1 30.3 americanus 11.1-74.8 0-97.5 1.3-49.3 Total 104 69.9 65.4 i

0-166 13-234 8.4-181.6 l

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

m ** Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

i

NUC72-A Mean Table 3 (Continued). Fo rmat:

Range JUNE 1975 1976 19'77 1978 1979 EGGS Gadidae-Glyptocephalus 1.1 2.3 2.6 2.5 1.5 0-4 0 I6 0 - 11 0-7 0-5 Gadidae

0.8 1.5 5.3 2.0 0.4 0-3 0!~4 0 - 27 0-7 0-2 Enchelyopus-Urophycis- 28.5 11.3 24.4 75.8 38.0 Peprilus 16 - 55 2 - 25 0 - 96 0 - 308 17 - 98 Enchelyopus cimbrius** 20.0 25.6 51.5 14.7 24.3 1 - 76 9 - 90 5 - 114 0 - 33 2 - 65 Urophycis spp. 1.5 0.7 4.7 4.3 10.2 0-6 0-2 0 - 15 0 - 14 0 - 27 Labridae-Limanda 2432.0 699.0 5739.1 1317.7 5217.8 809-5501 147-2258 289-19078 24-3876 1080-10505 Labridae 137.1 75.4 185.4 90.6 216.3 0 - 294 7 - 249 26 - 1181 0 - 262 50 - 774 Scomber scombrus 126.3 5.0 55.0 151.8 18.0 4 - 746 0.8 - 19 6 - 199 0 - 360 4 - 41 Parlichthys-Scophthalmus 18.2 17.2 38.6 41.8 61.2 2 - 78 0 - 73 3 - 129 0 - 132 20 - 141 Total 2819.8 856.2 6301.5 1934.7 5620.2 819-5718 342-2393 609-19425 228-5917 1401-11522 LARVAE Clupea harengus harengus 0 0 0 0 0 Enchelyopus cimbrius 50.1 28.7 128.2 40.2 7.4 O - 137 E 0 - 46 84 - 248 0 - 145 1 - 15 g Tautogolabrus adspersus 11.3 2.6 11.5 19.5 38.8 0 - 39 0 - 13 0 - 750 0 - 107 4 - 78 Ulvaria subbifurcata 06 5.1 0 4.3 1.3 0-2 0 - 28 0 - 12 0-3 Pholis gunnellus 0.2 0 0 0 0 0-2 Ammodytes sp. *1 * '

0 0 0-2 0-2 0-1 Scomber scombrus 39.9 4.2 14.0 31.5 9.9 0 - 149 0 2 15 0 - 55 0 - 126 0 - 37 Myoxocephalus spp. 0 0 0 0 0 Liparis spp. 2.1 0.7 6.2 16.0 1.3 0-7 0 - 50 0 - 28 2 - 65 0-4 Pseudopleuronectes 5.5 6.6 4.6 15.9 9.7 americanus 0.5 - 15 0 - 47 0 - 16 0 - 54 0 - 39 Total 117.9 55.1 297.2 176.7 82.5 14 - 260 8 - 139 125 - 641 51 - 343 27 - 154

Represents all three egg stages from January through February. l

- Represents all three egg states from January through March. E

}

I NUC72-A I

Table 3: (continued) Format:

"*^"

Range JUNE 1980 1981 1982 EGGS G:didae-Glyptocephalus 6.4 3.7 0.5 0-16 0-8.6 0-2.5 Gadidus morhua 10.6 5.0 0.2 I Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus 0-24 14.7 1.9-25.6 0-21.7 143.8 3.9-634.4 0-0.9 8.8 0-18.7 I Enchelyopus cimbrius Urophycis spp.

49.8 2.2-50.8 2.2 18.4 6.8-37.7 9.9 6J 0-23.4 1.8 I Labridae-Limanda 3.7-4.9 631 248-1266 0-56.2 5371.8 184-12,537 0-5'f 1607.8 276.2-4588.4 Labridae 101.6 302.5 155.2 I S comber scombrus 12.7-190.5 40.5 0-54.2 81.7-1492 197.9 3.2-1083 75.0-237.6 135.2 0-663.1 I Paralichthys-Scophthalmus 27.5 13.6-25.6 73.2 0-500.6 38.7 5.3-82.8 Total 760 6291 1974.2 499 T651 407-22,226 419.9-4912.2 LARVAE I Clupea harengus harengus Enchelyopus cimbrius 0

34.5 3.9-101.8 0

32.2 0

0.9 0-94.3 0-5.2 Tautogolabrus adspersus 45.6 2_76 6.5 82.7 0-693 0-26.4 Ulvaria subbifurcata 2 1.6 -1.4 0-1.6 0-3.4 0 I+ 9 Pholis gunnellus 0 0 0 Ammodytes sp. 0 0.1 0 0 .6 I Scomber scombrus Myoxocephalus spp.

35.3 0-108.8 0.5 544.9 1.3-3662 0

14.6 0-80.6 0

0-7.2 Liparis atlanticus 5.8 0 OJ 0-21.2 0-3.9 Pseudopleuronectes 5.8 2.4 3.8 I americanus Total 2 3 19.3 145.8 48.7-377.3 0-6.8

~910 18.4 5442 0-16.8 35.8 0-136.1

Represents all three egg stages from January through February.

- Represents all three egg stages from January through March.

NUC72-A I

I I

3 Figure 3: Mean monthly densities (per 100 m of water) of the numerically dominant fish larvae entrained at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, January through December, 198 0-1981, and January through June, 1982.

I e

I I

- w -

a I

I I'wo;ciuvaanacangv_s.narangv_s 3 . .... I 9 80

---1981 l

~

1982 I

~

E 100 --

B _

M I m E _

lOp -

IL4e 4 10 --

L'! -

y _.

Q -

= s I

or L<a is -

N I \ .

I 1 g 1 I

.l , .

~

- g

\ *

~

l

~

' ~

E -

, i, .

.A s

y\

I -

s s ,

/ 's i

i .,

i \ s s

i Nl.... . i \ .

O aAN FEB MkR Abkk_ Jhh JbL hG ShP Ob NbV DEC l MONTH

_ 39 _

I I

~

I I000{ Enchalqopus cimbrius g 1980 m

---1981

~

_ l982 !

100 --

j ro -

E _ s 8\

o . N . .

Q (

.i -

e W ll

\

1

% IO -

I ',

>. :' *i s N - ,I s

% _ s m + ,l s 2 ; i N ,

tu -

. I \ -

E o -

. I T

\

E

,o

% ., s -

6 ~

l \ -

% i \' '.

I --

ll p

s

\ /

).%e \

., y- .

. N

.i m g

, l/ ,g

/ \

, ,g a i

- i 3

.x l .g g ,

./ -

O

i:1 * ' : S :?

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY_ JUN JUL AUG SEP OCI NOV DEC !

MO NTH

_ 40 _

E I

I I000"' ~ Tautogolabrus adspersus l . .... l 980

---1981

~

l982 I ls I\

l \

g iOO -

l \.. . .

,g, l ... \

t s

E ll \

goo

,. i .

>: \ .

I. t .

l % k .

N l 4 [ I 10 . .

>. : 1 i -

I N

<N z

n

, t g

\

m -

s Io%

i I

% .I \ .

IW% .

.i I

I 1

[ _

I l .

I s I \ .

1 .

E

. \ ,

l E -

l ,

n .

l .

l 1 i I \ ".

~ '

l I \ ;

t \ .

l . J g .

O ? "'# I I I'

I I " '~ ' ' "---'----'--I--~

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC lg MONTH g -u.

I I'

lO00 I

Utvaria subbifurcata

_ l

---1981

~

_ i982 !'

6 100 -

6 I

E -

O 3 Q -

~e 4 10 -

3 ja N

, .s

g *\

o M *f *\*s z _

I \

w - - -

\

o .l

. 8

.\*g I -

s W *l '\

E *' g

's

=

ll

.\

I

[I l

t

. I

. I *) ,

./ ,\

~ ./ =\

/

/

.s s .

. s

, g

, , ; 3___,___,-- ,- ,

O JAN FEB MkR APR MAY_ JUN JUL AUG SEP GCI NOV DEC MONTH g

_ 42 _

l I

I I I000 -i

_ Pholis aunnallus I :

....1980

---1981 I

~

_ 1982.

I -

l 100 -

~

I en -

.E _

log

- A

\

/ .g

% l0 1 r

-~

I *r x '-

.r I<stn % -

I*

i--

\

r y -. . i. .

I4R -

ll

/ ,*

1 I

g

- i .

w< 1 .

l Q I .

a.

I a l *

( _ ,

i -

l I

_ 1 I

1 \

- L,. ,

. \

l .

g

~

,I

I e

o

\

- I -

. \

g '

O JAN FEB MAR APR MAY_ JUN JUL AUG SEP OCI NOV DEC l MONTH g . e.

---r- --_

I I

I I000 ' Arr:mortytes s1 g

* * *

19 80 m

---1981 l382 g'

I00 --

l I

E _

f Q /* \.i Q -

s '.

\'

S

= iO -

. /:

l: '

. l; s s.

il.

I t

m

. i e i-

r. t ' , ..

l $ --

!. s '. a o -

s . E

% i

I .

b ~

I

'.\

x i s

( -

\a 4 .

\ t

- i ? *

- t * *

t. .

\ '.

l

\ ;. .

,i. .

- si . .

g. - .

l k, s. ... . . ... . . ... . . ... . . .,:

0 , , , .,

JAN FEB MAR AFR MAY_.JUN J0L AUG SEP OCT NOV DE'C MONTH l

. . . . ~ . . - - . - - . . .....__.__..__.--...----._

I I

I I OOO -i

Scomber scomf rus l ..... ) 98o

---1981 4

l '

~

1

't

\982

' n

_ l '

l \

E \

\

g i00 -

l\',

e i

$ i I I q l

g

\

6 _ 1 .

I O y

.. 1 Q -

I l *. .

i I. s Q* .

EQ4 10 --

I.

[,

1 t, _

I

- - *g I

4 N ..

7 .. !

.I r R *g

.; +5 Q ~*

\

iQ %

~

i

- I

6

. l 4 -

=

EQa :a l *\,

3

( -

I *\

. / .'.

_ . 1 ..

_,, . f *n I *t

_

I

/ *t

- e

_ ,1 .\

, E el 1 1

. .\ _

.o .

, .L---___ _.___

~ - - - ' - - - - - - ~ ' '

O JAN FEB MAR APR MAY_ JUN JUL AUG SEP OCI NOV DEC MONTH l _

l _ _ -

I I

I 1000 Myoxocophalus spp, 2 1980

---1981 l982 I

ICO -

m l

3 M -

)g E _ .

\

O . .

Q -

e w l l

Q. lQ - . . '.

s

~ . .

W -

Q -

y< _

= . E

. . E 2 .

( -

m

t ,

- O

=

. 88

. g l A .

/\ .

=

E

/ s .

g I

/ \ ', .*

s .

. E

,/ \*.

. g O " -' ' ' #- - I - - t ' ' 'd 1 ' '- ' ' ' *' ' ' '- * ' ' -I JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCI NOV DEC E MONTH E

_ 46 .

I 1

lO00 Liperis spR l -l980

---1981 I

_ f982 I -

I 100 -

6

~

I eq -

E IOQ Q* . .

l tu . .

Q. lQ -. ,

IN ~~.

Un Lu

.IQg I

t, Z' *

/\ \

N - *

/ \

~~- -

v3 -

/ \

W - -

. / \ .

O _ . / \.

2 : 1

\ '.'

/

W< =

/ \.

Q *

, \..

/

\. .

I -

\.

\*

t -

./

, g.

ll 8

\

/ \. n 1 s. E

./ \".

.t

\ '.

\ .

JA F B MkR AhR MkY_ JbN J L k G S O bC MONTH

I .

I I

1000"iTOTAL LARVAE os l -

/ \

s,

---1981 1980 l ,

l

~

_ ! \ 1982

\

I \

p

> I \

. N '

l...

'. \

l IOO - - ,

J:','.

y c.

g \ .

g ; .

len -

1*

.\ \

.E _

1 1,; t

. =.

IQQ -

i:

/* g s

s l%a IO -

l :..

'x '. ' -

,'a,

s. ,

I ah g N

=

ll :l

/ .

\ *.

s M f /

g z _

, , s, i ' .

W ~

f V l l

IO %

/

i f

\

lI W N I

/

\

l l -

~

\

_ \

i t

I _

\

I _

I o , , , , , , , , , , , ,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY_ JUN JUL~ AUG SEP OCI NOV DEC l

MONTH I .,

- a-m - -- -

NUC72-A I

I Table 4:

Summary of numbers of smelt larvae entrained at PNPS durigg the months of April and May, 1974-1982. All densities are per 100 m of water.

I I

1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 Summed smelt densities 395 2 3.9 1123 3.5 4.5 0 0.5 17.7 Number samples taken 30 53 57 221 27 27 18 24 15 Mean 13.2 0.05 0.07 5.1 0.1 0.17 _ 0_ 0.02 1.2 Highest density 97.2 1.0 1.0 65.9 1.7 1.1 0 0.3 4.3 Sampling perod 4/24-5/25 4/1-5/27 4/29-5/7 4/1-5/27 4/3-5/3 4/5-5/29 4/8-5/28 4/6-5/26 6/2-6/29 I

Table 5: Mean, maximum, and minimum discharge (cfs) in the Jones River recorded l at Kingston, Mass. by the U.S. Geological Survey

for the months of M April and May, 1974-1981.

1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 I

1979 1980 1981 Mean 46.0 34.6 27.7 40.5 44.5 34.9 39.6 22.0 Maximum 84 75 44 87 82 62 73 39 Minimum 30 17 19 25 24 14 21 9 May Mean 33.3 18.8 21.6 33.4 48.2 50.2 22.3 g Maximum 62 28 33 120 95 128 49 23 Minimum 18 11 16 14 19 22 12 8

U.S.G.S. 1975, 1976, 1977, 1978, 1979, 1980, 1981. 1980-1981 data personal I

communication.

KUC72-A I

V. LITERATURE CITED Ahlstrom, E.H. and R.C. Counts. 1955. Eggs and larvae of the Pacific hake I Merluccius productus.

56(99): 295-329.

U.S. Fish and 'Aldlife Service, Fish. Bull.

Hardy, J.D., Jr. 1978. Development of fishes of the mid-Atlantic Bight. An I atlas of egg, larval and juvenile stages. Vol. II Anguillidae through syngnathidae. U.S. Fish Wild 1. Serv., Biol. Serv. Progr., 458 pp.

Khan, N.Y. 1971. Comparative morphology and ecology of the pelagic larvae I. of nine cottidae (Pisces) on the northwest Atlantic and St. Lawrence drainage. Ph.D. thesis. Univ. Ottowa. 234 pp.

Lawton, R.P., E. Louloheras, P. Brady, and M. Borgatti. 1979. Progress report on smelt reproduction and spawning population structure in the Jones River run. In Boston Edison Company. 1979. Marine Ecology Studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual report 14.

Lawton, R.P. 1980. Final Report on smelt reproduction and spawning popu-I lation structure in the Jones River, Massachusetts.

Company.

grim Station.

In Boston Edison 1980. Marine Ecology Studies related to operation of Pil-Semi-annual Report 15.

Marine Research, Inc. 1977a. Entrainment investigations and Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton studies, March-August 1977. 31 pp. and 78 pp. Appendix.

I . 1977b. Entraine nt investigations and Cape Cod Bay ichthyo-plankton studies, July-September 1976. 69 pp. and 332 pp. Appendix.

. 1978. Investigations of entrainment of ichthyoplankton at I the Pilgrim Station and Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton studies, March-December 1977. Twelve-month summary for 1977 Cape Cod Bay Ichthyo-plankton Studies. 43 pp. and 180 pp. Appendix.

Meyer, T.L., R.A. Cooper, and R.W. Langton. 1979. Relative abundance, behavior, and food habits of the American sand lance, Ammodytes americanus, from the Gulf of Maine. Fish. Bull., U.S. 77: 243-253.

Richards, S.W., A. Perlmutter, and D.C. McAneny. 1963. A taxonomic study I of the genus Ammodytes from the east coast of North America (Teleostei:

Ammodytes). Copeia 1963(2): 358-377.

Scott, J.S. 1968. Morphometrics, distribution, growth, and maturity of

' I offshore sand lance (Ammodytes dubius) on the Nova Scotia banks.

J. Fish Res. Board Can. 25: 1775-1785.

I . 1972. Morphological and meristic variation in Northwest At-lantic sand lances (Ammodytes). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29: 1673-1678.

I U.S. Geological Survey. 1975. Water Resources Data for Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. Part 1. Surface Water Records.

Part 2. Water Quality Records. 429 pp.

- 51 -

l l

NUC72-A l

l 1976 - 1981 Water Resources Data for Massachusetts and Rhode I

Island - Water Year 1975. Water data report MA-RI. {

g Winters, G.H. 1970. Meristics and Morphometrics of sand lance in the E 'l Newfoundland area. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 27: 2104-2108.

I I

I

I' I

I I

I

I l g, I

I I

_e _ g

I I

I Supplementary Winter Flounder Egg Studies Conducted at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station

!! arch - May 1982 lI l

lI l

I i :arine Research, Inc.

Falmouth,:tassachusetts I

I I June 21, 1982 I

I I

l I - -

I '

Introduction Although they are demersal and adhesive when spawned, winter f1cunder aggs (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) are periodically collected in ichthyo-plankton collections from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) discharge canal. The study summarized here was designed to determine if such eggs survive entrainment and continue to develop into larvac which are normal in appearance and behavior. In conjunction with this work, towed net sampics were taken in the intake basin in an effort to collect vinter flounder eggs prior to entrainment. If taken in sufficient numbers, survival accng intake-collected eggs could be compared with survival among entrained eggs to assess I the impact of egg entrainment on this species..

Methods Ichthyoplankton entrainment at PNPS is routinely monitored once per week during the winter flounder spawning season by collecting three samples from the discharge canal. These are taken by streaming a 60 cm, 0.333-mm mesh plankton net in the canal for 10 minutes (see for example Scotton 1982 for sampling details). To study winter flounder egg survival, entrainment samples

were washed into three one-gallon aerated thermos containers and returned to 1

the laboratory for analysis rather than being preserved on site in the usual l

manner. So that sampics would not be held at elevated discharge temperatures 1

during the time between collection and analysis, each sample was mixed with l

intake water in the thermos containers. Once returned to the laboratory each sampic was held in an ambient temperature water bath and examined as rapidly as possibic under a microscope. All winter flounder eggs were removed and I an irmiediate live or dead determination made. The remainder of each sampic was fixed in 107. formalin and subsequently analyzed as a standard PMPS ichthyo.

plankton sample, the winter flounder egg counts being included in that analjsis.

I

!I

2 I

Among the winter flounder eggs obtained during the initial " live" sort, any live ones were transferred to one-liter aerated glass beakers held in a temperature bath set at approximately that of the bottom water of the intake basin. Water for the rearing beakers was obtained from the PNPS intake basin and filtered to . 8 j2 Dead winter flounder eggs were preserved in 57. buf- I fered formalf- stored.

Live winter flounder eggs transferred to beakers were examined daily at which time any dead eggs were removed and preserved in formalin. Any live larvac which had hatched were examined for normal swiming behavior and devel-opment and also preserved; any dead larvae were preserved along with these.

Live winter flounder egg studies were conducted on 10 of the 13 regularly scheduled entraic=ent sampling dates during the March, April, May period of 1982.

Sampling in the PNPS intake basin was conducted with a 'i-m, 0.333-mm mesh Tucker net towed by a small skiff. When towing, an effort was made to remain near bottom and if possible to actually strike bottom in an effort to " stir up" any winter flounder eggs. Three 10-minute tows were made on each of five dates during' the March-May period. Samples were treated in an identical manner as the entrainment samples.

Results I

Entrainment Samples Table 1 sumarizes the 1tve egg sampling dates and presents the number of eggs obtained. As shown, only 11 live eggs were obtained on these dates.

Among these 11 eggs, 3 (27.37.) died during development, 8 ( 72. 77.) hatched producing normal larvac.

Considering all entrainment sampling dates on which winter flounder eggs were taken regardless of whether the samples were sorted " live", a total of I

I

I 140 eggs was obtained and examined. Among these, 63 (45.07.) were classified as alive when collected. (Many of the 140 eggs, n = 70, were taken on April 29 and May 4 during periods of high wind. Large amounts of detritus in the samples would have made rapid sorting for live eggs impossible.)

Intake Sampics Intake tows were completed at PNPS on March 15, April 15, May 7, May 13, I and May 24. A more temporally even distribution of effort was not possible due to heavy weather, particularly in April.

IJinter flounder eggs were obtained on May 7 (n = 2) and May 13 (n = 68).

The two eggs collected on May 7 were dead. Among those taken on May 13, 49

( 72.17.) were alive and held at 9.5 C. A total of 15 (30.67. of 49) developed through hatching but only 10 (20.47.) were considered normal larvac.

Discussion Meaningful survival rates cannot be determined from these studies due to the small sample sizes obtained, particularly among the entrainment col-lections. Two general points may be made however: 1) Ilinter flounder eggs do survive entrainment at PNPS, and the percentage which do so may be fairly high (737. in this one case); and 2) As noted among pelagic eggs (!!RI unpub-lished data) a certain percentage of winter flounder eggs collected prior I to entrainment are dead (307. in this study).

I Literature Cited 1982. Investigations of entrainment of ichthyoplankton I Scotton, L.N.

at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, January-December 1981. 68p. g

!!arine Ecology Studies Related to Operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Ann. Rept. 19, January 1981-December 1981. Boston Edison Co.,

Doston , L\.

I I

I

. I. 1 I'

Table 1. Dates and numbers of' winter flounder eggs obtained frem PIIPS entrainment sampics g returned "Ilve" to the laboratory. 3' I; umber of Engs [

Date Total Dead Alive

!! arch 31 1 1 -

April 13 1 .1 -

" 27 1 1 -

May 11 23 12 11**

" 25 9 9+ -

TOTAL 35 24 11 Live egg sorting uas conducted on !! arch 12, April 2, 16, May 7,17. ;o winter flounder eggs were found.

Rearing temperature = 8 C.

Four of these eggs were unfertilized.

I I

~

l I

I I

I

(NUC6-C1)

I I

I IMPINGEMENT OF ORGANISMS AT PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION (January - June 1982)

I I

Prepared by: ,

M _J%

Robert D. Anderson Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist I

!I

I l

Nuclear Operations Support Department Boston Edison Company 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199 I

I i

' October 1982 I

(NUC6-C2)

I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title g 1

SUMMARY

I 2

INTRODUCTION 2 3

METHODS AND MATERIALS 5 4

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 6 4.1 I 4.2 Fishes Invertebrates 6

6 5

CONCLUSIONS 10 g e smRAmzcmo u I

I I

I ii I

I I,

(NUC6-C3)

I LIST OF FIGURES Figure g 1 Location of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 3 I

2 Intake Structure Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 4 I

I I

I I',

i Il i

I I

iii I

,___....__--_._____m____.__.._-_._.,_.______,__._

I (NUC6-C4)

I LIST OF TABLES Table g 1 Monthly Impingement for All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, Jaauary-June 1982 7 2 Species, Number, Total Length (mm), Weight (gms) and Percentage for All Fishes Collected From Pilgria lion Impingement Sampling, January-June 1982 8 I 3 Monthly Impingement for All Invertebrates Collected From PilPrim Station Intake Screens, January-June 1982 9 I

I I

lI

I I

'I .

IV I

(NUC6-CS)

SECTION 1 I Sl'MMARY I

Fish impingement averaged 1.07 fish / hour during the period January-June 1982.

Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia), threespine stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus), bay anchovy (Anchoa mitchilli), cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus),

I alewife _( Alosa pseudoharengus),

and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) accounted for 76.6% of the fishes collected.

The collection rate (no./hr.) for all invertebrates captured frou. January-June 1982 was 1.55. The horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus), sand shrimp (Crangon septemspinosa), rock crab (Cancer irroratus), green crab (Carcinus maenus),

and American lobster (Homarus americanus) accounted for 91.9% of the invertebrates impinged. Mixed species of algae collected on intake screens i

amounted to 1,725.3 pounds.

I I

I I ,

I I -'-

I

E (NUC6-C6)

I SECTION 2 INTRODUCTION =

l Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (lat. 41 56' N, long. 70*34' W) is located on the northwestern shore of Cape Cod Bay (Figure 1) with a licensed capacity of 655 MWe. The unit has two circulating water pumps with a capacity of approx-imately 345 cfs each and five service water pumps with a combined capacity of 23 cfs. Water is drawn under a skimmer wall, through vertical bar-racks g

spaced approximately 3 inches on center, and f'nally through vertical travel- E ling water screens of 3/8 inch wire mesh (Figure 2). There are two travelling water screens for each circulating water pump.

This document is a report pursuant to operational environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of NPDES Permit No. 0003557 (EPA) for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, Unit I. The report describes impingement of organisms carried onto the vertical travelling water screens at Unit I. It presents analysis of a the relationships between impingement, environmental factors, and plant oper-ational variables.

The report is based on data collected from screen. wash samples from January-l June 1982. A station outage from January - mid April, 1982 limited impinge-ment sampling when circulating pumps were not operational or travelling water screens could not be run.

I I

I l

M M

M M n a

e l

c

@, O ic t

a

~

s n %

M s A

l A

t a

/.

- 6 u .

/ -

M y -

n i

o t

M t S

a r

e w

M P o

r

< a e

l

_M y

a B l c

u

_ f

_ d o m C i M a e p

a O g r

gMK l

C i

_ P mN

f 8 E o

M E L n A o M

MS C i t

a c

o L

=

1 M

n yc e

r u

g m ew r o ei

. i iydwt F M a d u ot PNPS a

~

ht M u o

m '

ly P

M M

M hB M

il l !

1 i

I l

I!

14 TARE I

SCREE N nouSE i l SLUICE W AY r*1 THROUGn SCALE t em

E l m

' g' ! b

! 'I I

A*I' ,p k ACCESS

,i / 0PEtthG y.. .., # GA0um0 LEVEL istaal .

.-l e 'i - L.

-; d F- '"5 b u EATEN f LOW .' nEMOVASLE u, , I. ,

}

TO CL40E45ER f

~

j {~

'K ' : SAR RACES 3 STOP LOG GUIDE i

m. -

~

N--- !!

,n. =

E ;

W

=

_1___ u

.. _ . _ _ _ 05 -6E --- --- --- -

- - ut A* u A t tvEt iusu o 3*

2

--5:;> rism EsCArt ore =iens

.r j

.g=_

t p eOrT0=ossamutaWatt

$h- $LulCE GATE ,

OPE mioG-

[

h-"

CB :

6 h LAoDER -

sataaE W ATER FLO18 m E g

y otto'as s

LL N

L I

. Figure 2. Intake Structure of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station I

.4. I

I (hTC6-C7)

SECTION 3 METHODS AND MATERIALS I

I Three screen washings each week wer'e performed from January-June 1982 to provide data for evaluating the magnitude of marine biota impingement. The total weekly collection time was 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months (three separate 8-hour periods:

morning, afternoon and night). Two collections represented dark period sampl-ing and one represented light period sampling. At the beginning of each collection period, all four travelling screens were washed. Eight hours later, the screens were again washed (minimum of 20 minutes each) and all organisms collected. When screens were being washed continuously, one hour collections were made at the end of the regular sampling periods, and they represented two light periods and one dark period on a weekly basis.

Water nozzles directed at the screens washed impinged organisms and debris into a sluiceway that flowed into a trap. The original trap was made of gal-vanized screen (3/8-inch mesh) attached to a removable steel frame. A new trap was designed and used for sampling, in conjunction with new sluiceway survival studies , consisting of a section of corrugated pipe and fine mesh plankton netting.

l l

Variables recorded for organisms were total numbers , and individual lengths (mm) and weight (gms) for up to 20 specimens of each species. A random sample of 20 fish or invertabrates was taken whenever the total number for a species exceeded 20; if the total collection for a species was less than 20, all were measured and weighed.

I Intake seawater temperature, power level output, tidal stage, number of cir-culating water pumps in operation, time of day and date were recorded at time of collections. The collection rate (#/ hour) was calculated as number of organisms impinged per collecting period divided by the total number of hours in that collecting period. All common and scientific names in this report follow the American Fisheries Society (1980) and Smith (1964).

(hTC6-C8)

SECTION 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Fishes In 241 collection hours, 257 fishes of 30 species (Table 1) were collected from Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station intake screens during January-June 1982.

The collection rate was 1.07 fish / hour. Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia) was the most abundant species accounting for 34.2% of all fishes collected (Table 2). Threespine stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus), bay anchovy (Anchoa mitchilli), cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus), alewife (Alosa pseudo-harengus) and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) accounted for 14.4, 9.3, 9.3, 4.7 and 4.7% of the total number of fishes collected. Histor-ically, Atlantic silversides have been impinged in high numbers during March / April which was true for this period in 1982. These were primarily adult fish that averaged 105 mm total length. The threespine stickleback were all impinged in May, and the bay anchovy in June. TDe other dominant species were caught over 3 month periods from March-June.

4.2 Invertebrates In 241 collection hours, 374 invertebrates of 13 species -(Table 3) were col-lected from Pilgrim Station intake screens between January-June 1982. The collection rate was 1.55 invertebrates / hour. Five species, horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus), sand shrimp (Crangon septemspinosa), rock crab (Cancer irroratus), green crab (Carcinus maenus) and American lobster (Homarus americanus) accounted for 61.5, 15.2, 5.9, 5.1 and 4.3%, respectively, of the total number of invertebrates collected.

The greatest collections of horseshoe crabs occurred in May and June, and sand shrimp in March. Sixteen specimens of the commercially important American lobster (Homarus americanus) were captured, 12 in May. This is equivalent to 290 lobsters from January-June 1982 at 100% operation of Pilgrim Station. The lobsters averaged 60.5 mm carapace length.

Approximately 1,725.3 pounds of mixed algae , species were recorded during impingement sampling or 7.16 pounds /br.

(NUC6-C9)

I Table 1. Monthly Impingement For All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, January - June 1982 Species Jan. Feb. March April May June Totals Atlantic silverside 1 49 35 3 88 I threespine stickleback bay anchovy cunner 1 37 12 24 11 37 24 24 alewife 2 2 8 12 winter flounder 1 2 9 12 blueback herring 10 10 grubby 1 2 1 3 1 8 northern searobin 4 1 5 rainbow smelt 3 2 5 Atlantic menhaden 4 4 pollock 1 1 2 4 white hake 3 3 Atlantic tomcod 1 1 2 mummichog 2 2 l northern pipefish 1 1 2 l windowpane 1 1 2 l American eel 1 1 I

g American sand lance 1 1 lg l

Atlantic cod Atlantic herring 1 1 1 1

fourspot flounder 1 1

, l 5

little skate 1 1 j northern puffer 1 1 l radiated shanny 1 1 red hake 1 1 shorthorn sculpin 1 1 summer flounder 1 1 i tautog 1 1 l winter skate 1 1 I = TOTALS 4 2 53 48 83 67 257 Collection Time (hrs.) 16 8 22 65 72 58 241 Collection Rate (#/hr.) 0.25 0.25 2.41 0.74 1.15 1.16 1.07 l

l

I (NUC6-C10) !

i Table 2. Species, Number, Total Length (mm), Weight (gms) and Percentage For All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Impingement Sampling, January - June 1982 Length Mean Weight Mean Percent of Species Number Range Length Range Weight Total Fish Atlantic silverside 88 70-240 107 2-76 7 34.2 threespine stickleback 37 50-69 58 1-3 3 14.4 bay anchovy 24 69-98 83 3-6 4 9.3 cunner 24 51-180 109 1-111 30 9.3 alewife 12 8-290 179 5-250 70 4.7 winter flounder 12 50-344 174 1-478 118 4.7 blueback herring 10 136-203 173 21-54 37 3.9 grubby 8 54-110 79 3-17 9 3.1 northern searobin 5 58-315 238 4-377 186 1.9 rainbow smelt 5 84-173 138 5-32 16 1.9 Atlantic menhaden 4 215-245 233 105-157 129 1.6

, pollock 4 104-300 184 10-255 95 1.6

, white hake 3 58-142 87 2-18 8 1.2 Atlantic tomcod 2 141-160 150 14-22 18 0.8 mummichog 2 80-95 88 12 12 0.8 northern pipefish 2 140-170 155 2-8 5 0.8 windowpane 2 226-310 268 160-383 271 0.8 American eel 1 320 320 - -

0.4 American sand lance 1 175 175 18 18 0.4 Atlantic cod 1 215 215 99 99 0.4 Atlantic herring 1 240 240 76 76 0.4 fourspot flounder 382 382 1 515 515 0.4 little skate 1 450 450 700 700 0.4 northern puffer 119 119 1 41 41 0.4 radiated shanny 1 115 115 15 15 0.4 red hake 1 90 90 4 4 0.4 shorthorn sculpin 1 290 290 350 350 0.4 summer flounder 1 320 320 339 339 0.4 tautog 320 320 610 1 610 0.4 winter skate 490 490 1 770 770 0.4 M M M M E E

(hTC6-C11)

I Table 3. Monthly Impingement For All Invertebrates Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, January - June 1982 Species Jan. Feb. March April May June Totals norseshoe crab 110 120 230 sand shrimp 2 2 47 6 rock crab 57 green crab 1 10 11 22 10 2 6 American lobster 1 19 12 4 16 common starfish 5 1 8 14 long-finned squid 2 green sea urchin 7 9 lady crab 2 2 I purple sea urchin ribbon werm unidentified crab 1

1 i 1 1

1 1

I unidentified worm 1 1

1 TOTALS 5 2 l

62 10 149 149 374 Collection Time (hrs.) 16 8 22 65 72 58 241 g Collection Rate (#/hr.) 0.31 0.25 2.82 0.15 2.07 2.52 1.55

=

I I

I 9

(NUC6-Cl2)

SECTION 5 I

CONCLUSIONS

1. The average Pilgrim I collection rate for the period January-June 1982 was 1.07 fish / hour. Historically, the collection rate has been relative-ly low.

2. Thirty species of fi.h were recorded in 241 impingement collection hours.

I

3. The major species collected and their relative percentages of the total collections were Atlantic silverside, 34.2%; threespine stickleback, g

14.4%; bay anchovy, 9.3%; cunner, 9.3%; alewife, 4.7%; and winter 3 flounder, 4.7%.

4. The hourly collection rate for invertebrates was 1.55 with horseshoe I

crab, 61.5%; sand shrimp, l',.2%; rock crab, 5.9%; green crab, 5.1%; and American lobster, 4.3% of the catch.

5. Sixteen American lobster were collected during impingement sampling which is equivalent to 290 lobsters impinged for the January-June 1982 period.

I I

(NUC6-C13)

SECTION 6 LITERATURE CITED Americal Fisheries Society. 1980. A list of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes From the United States and Canada. Spec. Pub. No. 12: 174 pp.

Smith, R. I. (Ed.). 1964. Keyes to Marine Invertebrates of the Woods Hole Region. Macine Biological Laboratory. Woods Hole, Massachusetts.

I t

I l

I

l I 1 l

I l 1

Progress Report Assessment of Finfish Survival at I

the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station l

l Screen Wash Sluiceway, March - August 1982 l-I .

I

!!arine Research, Inc.

Falmouth, Massachusetts lI

I I Se,temher 21. m 2 I .

I l

I I

. I

I '

I. Introduction This progress report describes studies conducted at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) screenwash sluiceway during March through August of 1982. These investigations, carried out for Boston Edison Company under Purchase Order No. 69684, represent a continuation of work performed in 1980 and 1981. Studies were designed to observe the effectiveness of a permanent sluiceway constructed in late 1979 to return fich surviving impingement to Cape Cod Bay waters and to assess impingement survival with a low pressure spray wash system installed in early 1982.

II. Methods To determine survival rates, fish washed off the traveling screens were sampled at the end of the sluiceway (Figure 1). Special nets were constructed I of 3/16-inch " delta" mesh so that all water passing down the sluiceway was filtered. Net-induced injury was minimized by using two nets interchanged frequently so that fish were confined to the net for only short periods before being transferred to pails containing amb!cnt seawater.

Upon collection initial mortality was determined by immediately trans-ferring fish to 8-liter pails containing ambient seawater. Dead fish (condi-tion categories are defined below) were removed and set aside for identifica-tion and length-weight measurements. Live fish, whether healthy or injured, were transferred quickly to five-foot diameter, circular holding pools located.

about 20 feet frcm the end of the sluiceway and supplied with continuous run-ning seawater. The pools were fitted with screen and wire mesh covers to prevent fish frcn jumping out and to eliminate predation by shore birds and racoons.

Fish were observed in the holding pools for one hour following intro-duction, and any dead fish were removed following that time. All surviving I

I

2 I

fish were held in the pools until the next scheduled sampling pericd approxi-mately 55 to 56 hours6.481481e-4 days 0.0156 hours 9.259259e-5 weeks 2.1308e-5 months later. At the end of each holding period all fish were weighed (t 0.1 gm) and measured (t 1 mm) by condition category - alive, dead, or injured. Fish were not fed during the holding period.

The survival study was combined with the finfish impingement monitoring program so that sampling was conducted three times per week (Monday 0830, Wednesday 1630, and Saturday 0030). Studies were scheduled to be conducted during the months of March, April, August, September, November, and December 1982, as in previous years; these months were selected because historically they have represented periods of greatest impingement. In 1982 we extended survival studies to the end of May due to sampling limitations in March associated with a plant outage.

Data were collected under both static and continuous wash cycles and therefore represented fish which might have spent up to eight hours on the screens (screens are routinely washed every eight hours), or only a brief time period. If the screens were static at the start of a sampling period, fish collected during the first ten minutes (the approximate time necessary for one revolution of the screens) were held in a separate pool and observed independently fran any fish collected af ter the ten-minute period. Sampling was conducted for 0.5 hour5.787037e-5 days 0.00139 hours 8.267196e-6 weeks 1.9025e-6 months if the screens were static prior to collection or one hour if the screens were in the continuous wash mode. Sampling would have been extended beyond these times on any given day had there been reason to believe more fish would have been collected.

Since impingement rates are generally Icw at PNPS, additional studies were designed for 1982 to obtain larger samples which might better define possible sources of impingement mortality. Sampics of fish were collected frca local waters by beach seine, otter trawl, or batted lif t net and trans-ferred to PNPS in large (32-50 gal), plastic, aerated containers. At PNPS I

I '

these fish were released in front of the traveling screens (Figure 2) by lowering them in a specially designed container through the upstreaa access opening. The container was designed with a hinged lid so that it could be lowered below the inner skimmer wall before the fish were released. In all cases the screens and wash pumps were operating during the release period and for a minimum of one hour following the release period. Throughout these wash cycles sampling was conducted near the end of the sluiceway by a second person as described above. All fish collected this way were handled in a manner identical to that used with the naturally impinged fish. However, due to variations in collection times, holding periods for introduced fish varied from 44 to 69 hours7.986111e-4 days 0.0192 hours 1.140873e-4 weeks 2.62545e-5 months .

These introduction studies were con tucted three times per month during April, Hay, June, and August. The beach seine, measuring 100 by 6 feet and made of h-inch " delta" mesh, was used at several locations along the Plymouth Harbor side of Plymouth Beach, along the town beach in Plymouth, and along the north side of the PNPS intake. Once in April winter flounder (Pseudo-pleuronectes americanus) were obtained from Plymouth Harbor-Duxbury Bay using a small otter trawl. Cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus) and pollock (Pollachius virens) were obtained in Sandwich, Massachusetts, along the southeast side of 1

the Cape Cod Canal using a 28 in , 3/16-inch mesh lif t net.

The percentage recovered among fish released in front of the screens was

'l expected to be relatively low since we anticipated that healthy fish would avoid the 0.5 to 1.0 f t/sec current velccity at the screens and escape up-stream. Because of this every effort was made to obtain large samples for the introduction studies. When collections were large, a portion of the catch was transferred directly to the holding pools to represent a control. In cases where collections were marginal, no controls were held. This was not l

1 i

I considered a problem however since control survival was consistently high when tested in 1982 as well as in 1980 and 1981.

Condition categories during all phases of the study were defined as follows: alive - fish swimming and behaving in an apparently normal manner; dead - no body movement, no opercular movement, no response to gentle prod-ding; injured - tissue damage visible, fish swicming erratically, loss of equ11ibrium.

III. Results A. Screen / Sluiceway Survival Studies Sluiceway collecticns frcn March through May and August 1982 are pre-sented in Table 1. A total of 120 fish were collected representing 24 species.

Threespine stickleback (Casterosteus aculeatus), Atlantic silversides (Menidia menidia), and cunner were most numerous, accounting for 30.8, 18.3, and 11. 77.

of the total, respectively.

Overall survival following the 56-hour holding periods amounted to 5.97.

among static wash cycles and 8.67. among continuous wash cycles. Sample sizes within individual species were too small for analysis at this time. In general however, Atlantic silversides (n = 22) and threespine stickleback (n = 37) appeared sensitive to impingement, both species displaying 1007. mortality under both static and continuous wash cycles. Cunner displayed 56-hr survival rates of 337. (n = 9) under static wash cycles and 207. (n = 5) under continuous .

wash cycles.

D. Screen Introductions I

Table 2 sunnarizes the species and numbers of fish released just ahead of the traveling screens during the introduction experiments. Munnichogs (Fundulus heteroclitus), Atlantic silversides, cunner, and winter flounder composed the majority of fish available, accounting for 11.6, 43.6, 23.2,

I '

and 18.77. of the total, respectively. Among these species, recovery rates were highest for winter flounder (61.67., n = 190) and louest for mumichogs (1. 77., n = 118) .

Cunner' (n = 50) and mumichogs (n = 2) displayed 1007. survival rates following 44 to 58 hour6.712963e-4 days 0.0161 hours 9.589947e-5 weeks 2.2069e-5 months holding periods. Winter flounder (n = 117) showed survival of 997. af ter one hour and 857. af ter 56 to 66 hour7.638889e-4 days 0.0183 hours 1.09127e-4 weeks 2.5113e-5 months holding periods.

Finally, survival among Atlantic silversides (n = 246) was relatively low, 157. at one hour, 47. at 56 to 66 hours7.638889e-4 days 0.0183 hours 1.09127e-4 weeks 2.5113e-5 months . High control survival rates of 1007.

for mumichogs, cunner, and flounder, 967. for silversides, indicated that little or no mortality could be attributed to collection methods or the holding facilities.

Sampling of naturally impinged fish will be conducted in the PNPS sluice-way during September, November, and December, and introduction studies will be completed three times per month in September and October as well. A final report sumarizing all the 1982 work as well as the 1980 and 1981 data will l

be prepared by January 31, 1983.

I Sumary IV.

Fish impinged on the traveling screens at PNPS were sanpled at the end l

of the sluiceway during the months of March through May and August 1982. A l total of 120 fish were collected during this time. Pooling all species taken under both static and continuous wash periods survival rates were 13.37. upon ,

collection end 6.77. following 56-hour holding periods.

Separate studies included releasing locally collected fishes in front 1

of the operating traveling screens and collecting those impinged at the end of the sluiceway. Initial survival among these fish was 1007. for cunner, 99.17. for winter flounder, and 14.67. for Atlantic silversides. Following approximately 2 to 3 day holding periods survival remained 1007. for cunner, declined to 85.57. for winter flounder and ' .17. for silversides.

I

I These studies will continue periodically during the remainder of 1982 and will be surnari cd by late January 1983.

I I ,

I' g

I I

I

! I I

I I

I CAPE COD BAY l

. n.

I N / ,, p

e :

0s f s # .. - M M.W.

T

' ~

E

/ oVY. /

l Vy / --

20 l -

. _.:. 4 ? : i:. . : :. . .* : :

E *

.," * ..'7 F E NC E

) .: ;.-

f

{ ..

7 -

E ; 1 . :.

./ 0 .

/- ( .s*-

l' '.

=

l 'l ' .,? .'

_ .s /-

l . .-

- co j ..-.". ....: ::

/ ,

INTAKE f.... . ;. . . ; .:.. .:.:

. . . .: :.' ' . ?': '

-. . . .;9. _:.

S LUICEWAY g

~ ---- -_________t o

/ e,, ,

$ l

Lg E StRtiN g H O U51 = GS ,

l Iset Aa g STRUCTURE l

l

? EO o an I \

l -

Scatt I rttr I

Figure 1: The PtfPS sluiceway designed to return impinged fish to ambient temperature water in Cape Cod Bay. The sampling area of the sluiceway ranged between mean low water (Mul) and mean high water (111',1) depending on the tide.

I

8 I

d I

ser.ed ltet t e n0ull .

. 3 .

t1 e

....o...

insouC. Sott g o. . t s e es ( ;' ;

i j l l l ,'-p .ccio m... ...,

g5 ,

II

j ., .... C.0U40 Laval g

.....n..

L

.t 1! .,u L ; '! ' c.)

iH:-

i w; b- -a,

. .. . . n i g

m.

r c.... .u . r' 1 7N ' '

1 I :

/ sra,tas svios m -- i .

+ + *,"

$a : . 3 M '. -- - na sinisvu *io j

=6_ L -

-p e,s. iu. . .,i. .cs E g

n E. ' .-

.-y. 2 , , ; p isivo...i -i.aut

s -

3.

.: a.v. u

. .s.ie EN

t ..ai. _

,,,,,,,,n....

r so r tou sett

., g L

I I

I Figure 2. Dingram of the PNPS seawater intake system (illustration provided by Doston Edison Cornpany).

I,

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Table 1. Total length mean and range (m), total number of fich collected, number and percentage alive, and number and percentage surviving a 56-hour holding period by species in the PNPS sluiceway, March-August 1982.

Number (7.) Humber (7.)

Number Collected Collected Alive Surviving 56 hours6.481481e-4 days 0.0156 hours 9.259259e-5 weeks 2.1308e-5 months Total Length (mm) Static Contin. Static Contin. Static Contin.

Species Hean Range Washes Washes Washes Washes Washes Washes Winter skate (Raja ocellata) 490 - 1 0 0 0 - -

American cel ( Anguilla rostrata) 101 - 0 1 0 1(100) - 0 Alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus) 162 64 - 290 4 2 0 1(50) - 0 Ilay anchovy (Anchoa mitchilli) 81 -

1 0 0 0 - -

Rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) 130 84 - 170 3 1 0 0 - -

Atlantic cod (Cadus morhua) 215 - 0 1 0 0 - -

Atlantic tomcod (iiicrogadus tomcod) 160 - 0 1 0 0 - -

Pollock (Pollachius virens) 290 220 - 350 2 1 0 0 - -

Red hake (Urophycis chuss) 90 - 0 1 0 0 - -

White hake (U. tenuis) 100 58 - 142 2 0 0 0 - - *

!!unraichog (Fundulus heteroclitus) 88 80 - 95 2 0 1(50) 0 0 -

Atlantic silverside (Henidia menidia) 107 70 - 140 8 14 0 0 - -

Threespine stickleback (Casterosteus aculeatus) 58 50 - 69 37 0 0 0 - -

Northern pipefish (Syngnathus fuscus) 155 140 - 170 1 1 0 1(100) -

1(100)

Tautog (Tautoga onitis) 320 -

1 0 0 0 - -

Cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus) 108 51 - 180 9 5 4(44.4) 2(40.0) 3(33.3) 1(20.0)

Radiated shanny (Ulvaria subbifurcata) 115 -

1 0 0 0 - -

Northern searobin (Prionotus carolinus) 230 58 - 315 4 0 0 0 - -

Crubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus) 95 66 - 110 2 2 2(100) 1(50) 2(100) 1(50)

Shorthorn sculpin (H. scorpius) 290 - 0 1 0 0 - -

Table 1 (continued).

Ilumber (7.) 11 umber (7.)

Number Collected Collected Alive Surviving 56 hours6.481481e-4 days 0.0156 hours 9.259259e-5 weeks 2.1308e-5 months Total Length (mm) Static Contin. Static Contin. Static Contin.

Species Hean Range Washes Washes Washen Washes Washes Washes Lumpfish (Cyclopterus lumpus) 50 - 1 0 0 0 - -

Fourepot flounder (Paralichthys oblongue) 382 - 1 0 0 0 - -

W in, vpane (Scophthalmus aquosus) 310 - 1 0 0 0 - -

l Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes 176 50 - 344 4 4 0 3(75) - O americanu s) j Total 85 35 7(8) 9(26) 5(6) 3(9) 9

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Table 2. Species of fish released in front of the PtiPS traveling screens, numbers recovered, survival rates, including controls, and total length data, April-August 1982.

Total Lengths (m) 11 umber !! umber (7.) tio.(7.) Alive 110.(7.) Alive Control Introduced Controls Species Introduced Recovered 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months 44+ hours Survival (7.) I!can Range !!can Range (t: ada cracM) 1 1(100) 1(100) 1(100) - 172 - -

" fur 1ycia chuss) 3 2(67) 2(100) 2(100) - 81' 71-90 -

118 2(2) 2(100) 2(100) 100 (n=73)

( t n1 us heteroclitus) - 97 83-107

' 444

!! di dia 246(55) 36(15) 10(4) 96 (n=245) 100 82-133 96 77-115 se a c e tus) 11 11(100) 4(36) 3(27) - 54 40-61 -

y ,[,, g ,'c,,) 7 3(43) 3(100) 3(100) -

160 155-165 -

e liluefish *

(Pomatomus saltatrix) 6 2(33) 0 - -

69 62-76 -

titogolabrus ad spersus) 236 50(21) 50(100) 50(100) 100 (n=14) 127 100-157 126 100-155 Sc li ialraus aquosus) 2 2(100) 2(100) 2(100) - 106 96-115 -

llinter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes 190 117(62) 116(99) 100(85) 100 (n=21) 110 50-285 125 88-200 americanus) l l

l

I I MEMOPANDUM I TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Committee, Pilgrim Power Plant Investigations FROM: Phillips Brady, Recording Secretary, Marine Fisheries Biologist, Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries

SUBJECT:

Minutes of the 53rd meeting of the Pilgrim Administrative-Technical Committee DATE: April 12, 1982 I The 53rd Administrative-Technical Committee meeting was called to order on 23 March 1982 at 10:10 A.M. at the Pilgrim Nuclear Station, Information I Building, in Plymouth, Massachusetts by Chairman Leger. Eight agenda items were addre:: sed.

I. Minutes of the 52nd meeting.

Corrections to the 52nd Committee minutes were proffered and are pre-sented as a separate addendum attached to these minutes.

Also, the PATC's January 25 letter urging continued work, by the Division of Marine Fisheries, on the Jones River smelt run was discussed. In I the near future an official response detailing the Division's position will be forwarded to the Committee, via Leigh Bridges.

II. Monograph update.

I Work on the fisheries monograph continues. The third drafts have been presented to Bob Kendall, editor of the Transactions of the American Fisheries I Society for review. Mr. Xendall felt the Committee could expect his response by mid-April regarding the material's appropriateness for a monograph publication.

III. 1982 Winter flounder larval study.

Mike Scherer of Marine Research, Inc. presented the revised proposal for " Studies of Larval Winter Flounder at the Entrance to Plymouth Harbor-Duxbury Bay and Green Harbor River Estuaries 1982". The objectives of this study are: 1) to compare the numbers of larval flounder flushed into Cape I Cod Bay from the Plymouth Harbor-Duxbury Bay estuary (PHDB) with numbers frem the Green Harbor estuary, and 2) to age winter flounder eggs entrained at PNPS and determine whether or not they could have come from PHDB, or if in fact these data suggest that spawning occurs nearer the plant.

1 I

I

I Presentation of the 1981 Winter flounder larval study suggested that the area inside PHDB, as compared to that outside the harbor, represents a g different nursery environment. Feeding levels inside vs. outside the harbor, g also differed. Flounder larvae inside the estuary ingested a higher percent of polychaete larvae than those outside the estuary. Larval flounder den-sities in 1981 ranked fourth behind 1978,1979, and 1977.

IV. Chlorine Minimization update.

Bob Anderson presented an update on the chlorine minimization program.

Two areas were address:

A. Efforts are proceeding on the acquisition of all necessary permits for dredging of the plant's intake embayment. Eredging of the intake will increase the efficiency of current back-washing procedures employed at the plant.

B. A continuous chlorination program for the salt service water system is currently being evaluated. Chlorine monitors, and g side stream monitors are being installed during the present outage. Studies are attempting to determine the optimal g

chlorine and temperature levels necessary to control biofouling throughout the salt service and circulating water systems.

V. Marine Fisheries 1981/1982 studies.

Bob Lawton, Phil Brady, Chris Sheehan, and Clare Kudera presented a summary of the 1981 marine fisheries study.

Irish moss landings. Landing statistics indicated a 4% and 28.6%

decrease in pounds of moss and harvesting effort, respectively, ccmpared to 1980 data.

Otter Trawl study. Winter flounder, skate spp., yellowtail flounder and windowpane accounted for 89.1% of the 1981 benthic fish catch. Mean catch per unit of effort (CPUE) for all species decreased in 1981 ccmpared to 1980, from 69.8 to 66.4 Lobster Pot study. Mean monthly catch rate per pot haul in 1981 was 0.62 lobsters slightly higher than the 0.59 reported in 1980. Overall catch l rate (legals plus sublegals) was 2.9 for the discharge area and 2.2 for all =

" areas combined. Berried female lobsters accounted for 2.3% of the total catch compared to 1.0% in 1980.

Shrimp Trawl. Sixteen benthic fish species were recorded from March-Eecember 1981. Winter flounder, yellowtail flounder, skate spp. and window-pane composed 94.4% of the total.

Observational Dive survey. Phil Brady presented slides of the under-water observational study areas. Seven species (2,230 fishes) were noted 2

I I

I I during the May-October 1981 dive study. Cunner and pollock were the most numerous species. Large numbers of dead blue mussels were observed in connection with PNPS biofouling procedures during mid-August to mid-September.

Haul Seine. Atlantic silverside, winter flounder, mummichog, blue-I back herring and alewife accounted for 99.0% of the 1981 shore zone haul seine program. Twenty species were ,:ollected, however Atlantic silversides accounted for 94.4% of the total catch.

I Dissolved Gas. Dissolved nitrogen gas saturation values for the dis-charge effluent exceeded 115% 24.1% of the time in March-November 1981.

nitrogen saturation values were generally near 100% at the intake and in-Mean creased in the discharge with a mean high of 117.2% in April.

Smelt Reproduction. A total of 5,410 smelt was collected during 23 campling nights. Sex ratio was 9.02 males to 1.00 female. Necropsies per-formed on smelt for an internal microsporidian parasite Nosema (Glugea) hertwigi revealed a 24% infestation level. The predominant age-class sampled was two-year olds.

Spawning spanned an approximate nine-week period commencing on or about 2 March 1981. Estimated weighted smelt egg production for both river vege-tation and hard substrate in the Jones River was 3.29 x 109 eggs.

VI. 1982 Entrainment Studies.

I Bob Anderson highlighted the 1981 entrainment studies. A total of 33 species of fish eggs and/or larvae were found during this year's collections.

Egg collections were dominated by Atlantic cod (January, February, November-I December); American plaice and winter flounder (March-April); Limanda group, Atlantic mackerel, and tautog (May-July); windowpane, rockling and hake (late May-September).

Larval collections fer 1981 were dominated by sand lance (January-April), rock gunnel (February-April), winter flounder ( April-May), grubby (January-April), Atlantic mackerel (June), cunner (June-August), reckling, hake and tautog (August), rockling (September), rockling, silver hake and il hake (October-November), and Atlantic herring (December). One lobster 3 larvae and several rainbow smelt larvae were also collected during 1981.

VII. 1982 Sluiceway studies.

l Impinged fish survival at the Pilgrim sluiceway was 11.8% (short-term) and 4.4% (long-term). Fish introduced to the sluiceway after the screens I

l evidenced 100% survival in most cases (exceptions were rainbow smelt, 0%;

Atlantic silverside, 50%; and mummichogs, 86%).

lI A fish tagging program will be conducted during 1982 to determine survival of fish actually impinged on the plant's screens during normal operational periods.

1 3

l

'I i

I VIII. Other Business.

I A letter from Walter Grocki of TAXON to Lew Scotton discussing pro-po::ed modifications of the effluent transect survey was reviewed by the full Committee. Scheduling modifications were intended to permit:

a) assessment of the extent to which Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Laminaria have reclaimed the " stunted" and " denuded" :ones since Unit 1 has been off line; b) assess the rate at which the " stunted" and " denuded" :ones return to their original (pre-shutdown) boundaries; c) assess the length of time necessary, once Unit 1 resumes operations for the " stunted" and " denuded" :ones to fully resume their original (pre-shutdown) boundaries.

Don Miller felt that determination of =enal recovery rate was of more importance than that delineating the (decimation) rate, which the preposed g modifications more directly address. Don voiced concern that any alteration g in benthic study work should be reviewed thoroughly by the benthic sub-committee at the very least, and then presented to the full PATC Cormittee.

Bob Leger suggested that the benthic subcormittee convene as soon as possible and discuss, in depth, the proposed study modifications.

Mr. Grocki was contacted during the lunch break to determine exactly what benthic work had been completed to date. It was determined that the December transect study had not been conducted due to adverse weather conditions. The pre-startup survey htd been conducted, however, and an additional dive was possible during the first week of June to maintain study cor.tinuity.

The proposed study schedule was tentatively approved, with the pro-vision that a su:rmary report be submitted to Den Miller for evaluation at the end of April.

IX. Adjounment.

Meeting adjourned at 3:10 P.M.

I I

l I

I

I i Administrative-Technical Ccemittee Meeting March 23, 1982 .

Bob Leger, Chairman U.S.E.P.A. (non-voting advisory member)

Phillips Brady, Recording Secretary Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Leigh Bridges Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Bob Lawton Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Bob Anderson BECo George Kelly NMFS - Woods Hole Christine Sheehan Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries

, Don Miller EPA, Narragansett (advisory member)

Gerald Szal Mass. Division Water Pollution Control Mike Scherer M.R.I.

Michael Bilger U.S.E.P.A.

Clare M. Kudera Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries I

I I

I lI 1

!I l

I MEMOPANDUM TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Ccemittee, I

Pilgri Pcwer Plant Investigations FROM: Phillips Brady, Recording Secretary, Marine Fisheries Biologist, Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries

SUBJECT:

Addendum to the 52nd Meeting minutes of the Administrative-Technical Committee DATE: April 12, 1982 The minutes of the 52nd A-T Committee Meeting are corrected as follows I

via this addendum:

Page 1, paragraph 2, sentence 1 shall read: " Bob welcomed Mike Bilger of the U.S. EPA to the A-T Committee".

I Page 5, section VII, paragraph 4, question marks ("?") are placed at the end of sentences a, b, c, and d.

I PB:EB I

I I

I

1 l

., a MEMOF1.!DUM 1

I TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Committee, Pilgrim Power Plant Investigations TROM: Phillips Brady, Recording Secretary, Marine Tisheries Biologist, Massachusetts Division of Marine Tisheries

SUBJECT:

Minutes of the 54th meeting of the Pilgrim Administrative-Technical Committee DATE: June 16,1982 I The 54th Administrative-Technical Committee meeting was called to order on 15 June,1982 at 10:05 A.M. at the Pilgrim Nuclear Station, Information Building, in Plymouth, Massachusetts by Chairman Leger. Ten agenda items were addressed.

I. Minutes of the 53rd meeting.

Corrections to the 53rd Committee minutes were tendered and are attached as a separate addendum to these minutes.

II. Update - Semi-Annual Report #19 Bob Anderson highlighted the 1981 Impingement and Tish surveillance studies. A station refueling outage from the end of September to December 3 1981 limited impingement collections. A large impingement, estimated at 6,048 Atlantic silversides, occurred on 23-24 September and accounted for 85.4% of 1

all fish sampled from January-December.

l l In October, an estimated 1.5 million pounds of menhaden were observed durimE a surveillance overflight in the vicinity of Pilgrim I discharge.

No cer alities or incidents were reported.

i Inspection of the (discharge canal) barrier net in 1981 revealed it was operating successfully.

l l

Work continues on the 1982 winter flounder studies. Flounder eggs have been collected from the plant intake in an effort to determine both egg viability and age. This spring, eggs were collected on two occasions. Studies are continuing,and a completed report will be submitted in November.

III.1983 DMT studies.

Bob Leger reviewed the response letter from the Massachusetts Division of !:arine Tisheries in regards to PATC's recommendations of continued work in e em l

I

the Jones River. MDMT regretted present funding limitations which inhibit such work, but expressed appreciation fcr the Conmittee's interest in this matter.

Bob Lawton prer,ented areas of fisheries' studies conducted by the DMT.

DMT study areas will be discussed in greater depth at the next marine fisheries subcommittee meeting, scheduled for the third week of July. Don Miller chal-lenged the subecmmittee to look thoroughly at future study questions, regarding environmental impact and affected fish species. He further urged the develop-ment of an integrated approach delineating primary problem areas.

Phil Brady read a letter from the Marine Fisheries dive master, addres-sing Division policy for SCUBA diving in and around the Plant's discharge canal. The following actions were proposed for incorporation into the diving, program.

1. No diving permitted in or near the discharge when levels of g chlorine exceed 0.1 ppm free residual or 0.5 ppm combined 3 residual.

2. Establishment of a communications' system to warn divers immedi-ately'if chlorine discharge levels exceed permitted levels.

Prompt notification of the Division's diving board in such an event.

5. Thorough examination of all diving gear utilized in the discharge dives.

4 Advisement of the potentici danger relating to hyperchlorination to every diver involved in the program.

Lew Scotton felt that the incorporation of these principles could be quickly accomplished, and the dive program made as safe and effective as pessible.

IV. DMT smelt study update.

Committee members were referred to section V, of the Semi-Annual Report

19. Activity in the Jones River during 1981 represented the final year of a l

three-year study establishing baseline information on the reproduction, l structure and size of the Jones River spawning population.

Phil Brady presented preliminary findings of an experiment conducted this spring measuring effects of low range pH levels (acidic waters) on smelt g egg survivorship. 3 V. Monograph status.

Bob Anderson presented a memo critiquing events of the June 3rd meeting of the Monograph subcommittee in Westborough. Following the earler sub-I

I .

I comittee meeting with the American Fisheries Society ( AFS) managing editor Bob Kendall., it was evident that major modifications of the document's theme would be required.

Tom Horst offered to outline an ecological approach for the monograph as Dr. Kendall had suggested. He will meet with the various section authors to determine if such an approach can be developed. The subcommittee proposed three conditions for acceptance by the AFS editor.

I 1)Section I of the publication would remain basically the same as the existing document;

2) The conclusions in Section I would remain as they presently exist;

3) Power Plant impact would be a distinct monograph section.

AFS has agreed to these three points and the Committee is still pursuing the AFS avenue for publication. The subcommittee also recommended other pos-sible avenues for journal publication be investigated, where the current document can be presented without the major alterations needed for acceptance by AFS reviewers.

George Kelly strongly urged that priorities be reevaluated and the sub-I committee actively pursue alternate methods for the timely dissemination of the study findings into the open literature.

VII. Sluiceway survival status.

Throughout the whole sluiceway system, latent mortalities were assessed at approximately 20 percent. Investigating the source of mortality in 1982, fish will be introduced before the wash screens, impinged and removed via the sluiceway. Survivorship at various stages will be compared to control fish held on site. Fish survivorship appears directly related to both species type I and time period on the screens. This year, fish will be evaluated for damage over the normal eigh-hour screen rotation periods.

l VII. Benthic studies' status.

Don Miller presented findings of the benthic subcommittee's May meeting.

, g The subcommittee unanimously recommended that the benthic studies be continued 1E via the same work format and at the present effort levels. Currently, four seasenal SCUBA transect surveys and two quantitative community studies are conducted each year.

I I Seasonal alterations, documented for the denuded and stunted zones of the discharge, were discussed in connection with prevailing wind direction, speed, and plant operational load levels.

The subcommixtee also recommended that the 1982 benthic work be sent out to bid. The Committee recommended preliminary work be conducted in August and I the full contract work commence in September.

l 1

I

Lew will prepare a list of contractors to conduct the work, and the benthic subcommittee will review the final listings. Bob Lawton moved that, "the PATC allow Lew to screen the possible benthic contractors and select a priority list g of the best three or four for inclusion in the bidding process". Following the 3 screening, the benthic subcommittee will review the bid proposals that are sub-mitted. Don Miller second, "with the provision that upon completion of the screening list, Lew contact the benthic subcommittee chairman".

Motion passed unanimously.

IX. Other business.

Bob Anderson informed the Committee of a proposal currently under consider- E ation by BECo from International Sea Farms Enterprises, Inc. for the establish- g ment of an Atlantic and Coho hatchery on the Unit II site. Following a general discussion, George Kelly moved "that the A-T Committee support the pursuit of such (new) endeavors". Bob Andersen second, and the motion passed unanimously.

X. Adjournment.

Meeting adjourned at 3:00 P.M.

I I

M M

I 1

Administrative-Technical Committee Meeting !

I June 16, 1982 Bob Leger, Chairman U.S.E.P.A. (non-voting advisory member)

Phillips Brady, Recording Secretary Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Bob Lawton Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Bob Anderson BECo George Kelly NMTS - Woods Hole Christir.e Sheehan Mass. Division of Marine Tisheries Lon Miller - EPA, Narragansett (advisory cember)

Michael Bilger U.S.E.P.A., Lexington Lew Scotton BECo John Tinb U. Mas's.

i

i I

I I

l l

l

MEMOPANDUM I

TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Co=ittee, Pilgrim Pcwer Plant Investigations TROM: Phillips Erady, Recording Secretary, Marine Fisheries Biologist, Massachusetts Division of Marine Tisheries

SUBJECT:

Addendum to the 53rd meeting minutes of the Administrative-Technical Committee DATE: June 16, 1992 The minutes of the 53rd A-T Committee Meeting are corrected as follows:

I Page 3,Section VII, paragraph 2, sentence 1 -- shall read: A fish tagging program will be conducted during 1982 to determine survival of fish actually introduced and impinged on the Plant's screens during nor:.a1 operational periods.

P5ge4,SectionVIII, paragraph 2, sentence 1--shallread: Don Miller felt that determination of zonal recovery rate was of more importance than delineating the (decimation) rate, which the pro-posed modifications more directly address.

'I ' =

I I

Y I _ c g c-:

kB ??!??l01t(GMfl 7 UktFirs C R44lb itOion of affavint Q}

PHoup G. CDATE5 L,eu zuat b opa Baan,

((h /#!rd # [fdt[

oimacion r hcJfon. ufbrJJac$usell) 02202 ' 2 3 '

3 April I, 1982 I Mr. Robert Leger Chairman, Pilgrim Power Plant Administrative Technical Committee U.S. Environmental Protection Agency J.F. Kennedy Federal Building Boston, MA 02203

Dear Bob,

Phil Coates has asked that I respond to your letter of January 25, 1982 relative to the recommendations by the Committee that the Division continue population dynamics work and life history parameters studies on the smelt population in the Plymouth area. The Division is aware of the importance of this recreational resource and would like very much to fund continued efforts in botn management and research on smelt. However, because of funding limitations and staff reductions resulting from federal and state cutbacks, we are not in a position to continue a research program on smelt at this time. In the event that our funding situation improves in the next few years, the smelt studies will receive consideration amongst other proposals for investigation and management.

We appreciate the Committee's interest in this matter.

Sincerely,

$' 7 /Gb L< dg s 4 r i. . I

/

W. Leigh> Bridges d Assistant Director, Research

mg I

ML20028B039

Contents

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

Dear Bob,

Navigation menu

ML20028B039

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

Dear Bob,

Navigation menu

Search